Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2003
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
DELAWARE (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
4924 (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
44-0382470 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
||
5444 Westheimer Road P.O. Box 4967 Houston, Texas 77210-4967 (713) 989-7700 (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices) |
||||
André C. Bouchard, Vice PresidentAdministration, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC 5444 Westheimer Road P.O. Box 4967 Houston, Texas 77210-4967 (713) 989-7700 (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service) |
WITH COPIES TO:
Stephen A. Bouchard, Esq.
Fleischman and Walsh, L.L.P.
1919 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 600
Washington, D.C. 20006
(202) 939-7900
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered |
Amount To Be Registered |
Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit(1) |
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1) |
Amount Of Registration Fee |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
4.80% senior notes due 2008, series B | $300,000,000 | 100% | $300,000,000 | $24,270 | ||||
6.05% senior notes due 2013, series B | $250,000,000 | 100% | $250,000,000 | $20,225 | ||||
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 15, 2003
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PROSPECTUS
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC
Offer to Exchange Up to $300,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series B
for Any and All of the $300,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our Outstanding
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series A
and
Offer to Exchange Up to $250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series B
for Any and All of the $250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our Outstanding
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series A
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
Eastern Time, on , 2004, unless extended.
MATERIAL TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 18 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION OF RISKS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS PRIOR TO TENDERING THEIR ORIGINAL NOTES.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is ,
You should rely only on the information about us and our operations contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. You should assume that the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus or the date of the document incorporated by reference. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since then. We are not making an offer to sell the notes in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus updates and supplements and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, supercedes, the information contained in any earlier filed document.
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where the original notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed to furnish each "participating broker-dealer" (as defined below) who has delivered to us proper notice, without charge, as many copies of this prospectus as such participating broker-dealer may reasonably request. See "Plan of Distribution."
2
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some statements contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including the discussion of our plans and proposals under "Summary," "Risk Factors," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements constitute forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about the industry in which we operate and our beliefs and assumptions. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events. Words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Similarly, statements that describe our objectives, plans or goals are or may be forward-looking statements.
These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve various risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which are difficult to predict and many of which are outside our control. Therefore, actual results, performance and achievements may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. Prospective investors may review our reports filed in the future with the Commission for more current descriptions of developments that could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements. However, prospective investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus or, in the case of documents incorporated by reference, the date of those documents.
Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described under "Risk Factors" and the following:
3
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the results reflected in our forward-looking statements contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus might not occur. In addition, we could be affected by general industry and market conditions, and general economic conditions, including interest rate fluctuations, federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting the retail gas industry or the energy industry generally. Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates and projections contained in forward-looking statements are described in the documents that are incorporated by reference.
We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this prospectus.
4
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information included elsewhere herein or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, (1) all references in this prospectus to "Panhandle," "we," "our" and "us" and all similar references are to Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries or to our corporate predecessors prior to our limited liability company conversions, Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, as the case may be, and (2) all references in this prospectus to "Southern Union" are to Southern Union Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC
We operate a large natural gas pipeline network, consisting of over 10,000 miles of pipeline and a liquefied natural gas ("LNG") regasification plant. The pipeline network, consisting of the Panhandle transmission system, the Trunkline Gas Company transmission system and the Sea Robin transmission system, provides over approximately 500 customers in the Midwest and Southwest with a comprehensive array of transportation and storage services. Our pipeline network transports an estimated 6% of the natural gas consumed in the United States and an estimated 20% of the natural gas consumed in the Midwest. Our major customers include 25 utilities located primarily in the United States Midwest market area, which encompasses large portions of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio and Tennessee.
Our Panhandle transmission system consists of a system of four large-diameter parallel pipelines, extending approximately 1,300 miles from producing areas in the Anadarko Basin of Texas, Oklahoma and Kansas through Missouri, Illinois, Indiana and Ohio into Michigan. This system is comprised of approximately 6,500 miles of pipeline.
Our Trunkline Gas Company transmission system consists of a system of two large-diameter parallel pipelines, extending approximately 1,400 miles from the Gulf Coast areas of Texas and Louisiana through Arkansas, Mississippi, Tennessee, Kentucky, Illinois and Indiana to a point on the Indiana-Michigan border. This system is comprised of approximately 3,500 miles of pipeline.
Our Sea Robin transmission system consists of two offshore Louisiana natural gas supply systems. These systems are comprised of approximately 432 miles of pipeline extending approximately 81 miles into the Gulf of Mexico.
We have a total of approximately 90 billion cubic feet of total storage available for use in connection with our gas transmission systems. We own and operate 47 compressor stations and have five underground gas storage fields located in Illinois, Michigan, Kansas, Oklahoma and Louisiana with a combined maximum working storage capacity of approximately 72 billion cubic feet. We also have contracts with third parties that provide for approximately 18 billion cubic feet of storage.
We own an LNG regasification plant and related LNG tanker port, unloading facilities and LNG storage facilities located at Lake Charles, Louisiana. Our LNG plant is one of the largest operating LNG facilities in North America, based on its current sustainable send out capacity of approximately 630 million cubic feet per day. We have plans to expand our send out capacity to approximately 1.2 billion cubic feet per day.
In 2002, our consolidated operating revenue was $484 million. Of our operating revenue, 77% was generated from transportation services, 12% from LNG terminaling services, 8% from storage services and 3% from other services. For the years 1998 to 2002, our combined throughput was 1,141 TBtu, 1,139 TBtu, 1,374 TBtu, 1,335 TBtu and 1,259 TBtu, respectively. Beginning in March 2000, our combined throughput includes the Sea Robin pipeline throughput.
5
For the nine month combined period ended September 30, 2003, our consolidated operating revenue was $373 million. Of our operating revenue, 75% was generated from transportation services, 12% from LNG terminaling services, 9% from storage services and 4% from other services. For the nine month combined period ended September 30, 2003, our combined throughput was 1,039 TBtu.
Most of our operations, including our rates and other terms for the services that we provide, are primarily regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC. For more information on regulations that are significant to us, please see "BusinessRegulation."
Originally organized as a Delaware corporation in 1929, we converted to a Delaware limited liability company on June 16, 2003. Our principal executive offices are located at 5444 Westheimer Road, P.O. Box 4967, Houston, Texas 77210-4967, and our telephone number is (713) 989-7300.
Southern Union Acquisition And Restructuring of Panhandle
On June 11, 2003, Southern Union acquired us from CMS Energy Corporation ("CMS" or "CMS Energy") for approximately $582 million in cash and three million shares of Southern Union common stock (before adjustment for subsequent stock dividends) valued at approximately $49 million based on market prices at closing and in connection therewith incurred transaction costs estimated at approximately $30 million. In this prospectus, we sometimes refer to this transaction as the "Panhandle acquisition." Southern Union also incurred additional deferred state income tax liabilities estimated at $18 million as a result of the transaction. At the time of the Panhandle acquisition, we had approximately $1.159 billion of debt outstanding that we retained. Southern Union funded the cash portion of the Panhandle acquisition with approximately $437 million in cash proceeds it received for the January 1, 2003 sale of Southern Union Gas Company and related assets, which we refer to as Southern Union's Texas operations, approximately $121 million of the net proceeds it received from concurrent common stock and equity units offerings and with working capital available to Southern Union. Southern Union structured the Panhandle acquisition and the sale of its Texas operations in a manner intended to qualify as a like-kind exchange of property under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). We and five of our subsidiaries as well as the Southern Union subsidiary that became our direct parent upon consummation of the Panhandle acquisition converted from Delaware corporations to Delaware limited liability companies in June 2003.
Under the terms of the Panhandle sale agreement, CMS was entitled to retain our ownership interests in and obligations associated with the Centennial and Guardian pipeline projects, as well as certain of our net deferred tax assets, all tax liabilities, and pension and other post-retirement assets and liabilities. In accordance with the agreement, we disposed of our interest in Centennial and Guardian and the Guardian related cash collateral was transferred to CMS. The note receivable from CMS Capital was eliminated in the sale as the purchase by Southern Union from CMS included the offsetting note payable of CMS Capital and thus the note was eliminated in pushdown accounting and subsequently extinguished. For further information, see note 5 (Related Party Transactions) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003 (the "Panhandle 10-Q") which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. On March 1, 2003, certain assets previously held by CMS with a net book value of $15 million were contributed to us by CMS and so were included in the Southern Union purchase.
The Panhandle acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted within the United States of America with our allocating the purchase price paid by Southern Union to our net assets as of the Panhandle acquisition date based on preliminary estimates. Accordingly, the post-acquisition financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting and pre-acquisition period and post-acquisition period financial results (separated by a heavy black line) are presented but are not comparable. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed
6
are recorded at their estimated fair value and are subject to further assessment and adjustment pending the results of outside appraisals of the assets and liabilities.
The organizational chart presented below portrays our material direct and indirect wholly owned businesses and Southern Union's indirect ownership of us and our businesses.
In August 2003, we consummated offers to purchase for cash any and all of our outstanding notes identified below, which we refer to in this prospectus as our "existing notes." Set forth below is a summary showing the principal amount of each series of existing notes so tendered and purchased (less premiums) as of August 14, 2003.
Existing Notes |
Principal Amount Outstanding As Of June 30, 2003 |
Principal Amount Tendered and Purchased (less premiums) |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
6.125% senior notes due 3/15/04 | $ | 292,500,000 | $ | 144,420,000 | ||
7.875% senior notes due 8/15/04 | $ | 100,000,000 | $ | 47,545,000 | ||
6.500% senior notes due 7/15/09 | $ | 158,980,000 | $ | 98,357,000 | ||
8.250% senior notes due 4/1/10, series B | $ | 60,000,000 | $ | 18,350,000 | ||
7.000% senior notes due 7/15/29 | $ | 135,890,000 | $ | 69,585,000 |
In addition, we redeemed all of our outstanding debentures identified below, which we refer to in this prospectus as our "redeemed debentures," on the dates indicated below.
Redeemed Debentures |
Principal Amount Outstanding As Of June 30, 2003 |
Redemption Date |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
7.950% debentures due 3/15/23 | $ | 76,500,000 | August 12, 2003 | ||
7.200% debentures due 8/15/24 | $ | 58,000,000 | August 15, 2003 |
We reduced our cash interest expense by refinancing the indebtedness evidenced by any existing notes that we purchased and the redeemed debentures that we redeemed. We funded our purchase of the existing notes that were tendered to us and refinanced the interim financing that was used to redeem the redeemed debentures with a portion of the proceeds we received from the "original notes offering" (as defined below). See "Use of Proceeds." In this prospectus, we sometimes refer to our offer to purchase the existing notes as the "Panhandle tender offer" and we sometimes refer to our redemptions of the redeemed debentures as the "Panhandle redemption."
The Panhandle tender offer and the Panhandle redemption are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the "restructuring transaction."
7
Southern Union Company
Southern Union Company, our indirect parent company, is primarily engaged in the transportation, storage and distribution of natural gas in the United States. In addition to owning us, Southern Union distributes gas as a public utility to approximately one million customers through the following three operating divisions:
Southern Union also owns and operates various smaller energy-related operations established to support and expand natural gas sales and other energy sales.
The notes are neither obligations of, nor guaranteed by, Southern Union. Southern Union Company does not intend to provide, and is subject to a regulatory prohibition against providing, any direct or indirect financial support to us. A decision to tender original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer should not be made in reliance on information included in this prospectus or otherwise available about Southern Union.
8
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information of
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC +, ++
The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2002, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998, and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, for January 1 through March 28, 1999 and March 29 through December 31, 1999, and for the year ended December 31, 1998, set forth below has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes. The summary historical consolidated financial information as of September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2002, and for June 12 through September 30, 2003 and January 1 through June 11, 2003, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 set forth below has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus and which, in our opinion, include all normal, recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position as of such dates and the results of operations for such respective periods. Post-acquisition financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting and pre-acquisition period and post-acquisition period financial results (separated by a heavy black line) are presented but are not comparable. The heavy black line separating January 1 through June 11, 2003 from June 12 through September 30, 2003 relates to the Panhandle acquisition. The heavy black line separating January 1 through March 28, 1999 from March 29 through December 31, 1999 relates to the acquisition of Panhandle by CMS from Duke Energy, effective March 28, 1999. The historical consolidated condensed statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 set forth below have been revised to reflect the application of SFAS 145, which dictates that gains and losses on debt extinguishments are no longer classified as extraordinary items, and have been reclassified to Other income (losses), net in the amount of $0.6 million, net of tax, gain, and ($2.1) million, net of tax, loss, respectively. The summary historical consolidated financial information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of future results of operations that may be expected for the entire year. You should read the information in the following table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements" and other financial information included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 12- September 30, 2003 |
January 1- June 11, 2003 |
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2002 |
March 29- December 31, 1999 |
January 1- March 28, 1999 |
Year Ended December 31, 1998 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2002 |
2001 |
2000 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(in millions) |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated statements of operations data: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating revenue | $ | 139 | $ | 234 | $ | 347 | $ | 484 | $ | 514 | $ | 483 | $ | 343 | $ | 128 | $ | 496 | ||||||||||
Operating expenses | 92 | 126 | 207 | 275 | 346 | 299 | 217 | 61 | 295 | |||||||||||||||||||
Pretax operating income | 47 | 108 | 140 | 209 | 168 | 184 | 126 | 67 | 201 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income (losses), net | 7 | 6 | 9 | (14 | ) | 6 | 8 | 2 | 4 | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense | 13 | 36 | 57 | 76 | 83 | 85 | 60 | 18 | 77 | |||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest | | | 3 | 4 | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes | 41 | 78 | 89 | 115 | 91 | 107 | 68 | 53 | 148 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes | 16 | 30 | 35 | 46 | 37 | 43 | 27 | 20 | 57 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | 25 | 48 | 54 | 69 | 54 | 64 | 41 | 33 | 91 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill, FAS 142 | | | (369 | ) | (369 | ) | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Asset retirement obligations, FAS 143 | | 2 | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated net income (loss) | $ | 25 | $ | 50 | $ | (315 | ) | $ | (300 | ) | $ | 54 | $ | 64 | $ | 41 | $ | 33 | $ | 91 | ||||||||
9
Consolidated balance sheet data as of end of period: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net property, plant and equipment | $ | 1,960 | $ | 1,601 | $ | 1,621 | $ | 1,588 | $ | 1,600 | $ | 1,500 | $ | 979 | ||||||||||||||
Investments and other assets | 35 | 183 | 156 | 121 | 21 | 14 | 814 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total current assets | 226 | 334 | 342 | 483 | 427 | 272 | 180 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill, net | | 113 | 113 | 714 | 753 | 774 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 2,221 | $ | 2,231 | $ | 2,232 | $ | 2,906 | $ | 2,801 | $ | 2,560 | $ | 1,973 | ||||||||||||||
Total debt |
1,211 |
1,166 |
1,162 |
1,297 |
1,193 |
1,094 |
299 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Owner's equity | 621 | 765 | 752 | 1,124 | 1,122 | 1,128 | 558 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total debt and owner's equity | $ | 1,832 | $ | 1,931 | $ | 1,914 | $ | 2,421 | $ | 2,315 | $ | 2,222 | $ | 857 | ||||||||||||||
10
Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information
The following table sets forth our summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information for the respective periods ended on the dates indicated. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information for the year ended December 31, 2002 set forth below is derived from our audited historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes for the same period incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information for June 12 through September 30, 2003 and for January 1 through June 11, 2003 set forth below are derived from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes for the same periods incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for June 12 through September 30, 2003 and for January 1 through June 11, 2003 are presented as if the restructuring transaction had occurred and the notes had been issued and the net proceeds therefrom applied, in each case, as of January 1, 2002. Statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2002 has been revised to reflect the application of SFAS 145, which dictates that gains and losses on debt extinguishments are no longer classified as extraordinary items, and have been reclassified to Other income (losses), net. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the results of operations that would have been achieved had the restructuring transaction and the notes issuances been completed as of the beginning of the periods nor is it indicative of results that may be obtained in the future and should be read in conjunction with the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
June 12- September 30, 2003 |
January 1- June 11, 2003 |
Year Ended December 31, 2002 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions) |
|||||||||
Pro forma consolidated statements of operations data: | ||||||||||
Operating revenue | $ | 139 | $ | 234 | $ | 491 | ||||
Operating expenses | 92 | 132 | 288 | |||||||
Pretax operating income | 47 | 102 | 203 | |||||||
Other income (losses), net | 7 | | (1 | ) | ||||||
Interest expense | 17 | 29 | 57 | |||||||
Income before income taxes | 37 | 73 | 145 | |||||||
Income taxes | 14 | 28 | 58 | |||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | $ | 23 | $ | 45 | $ | 87 | ||||
11
The following is a brief summary of the terms of the exchange offer. For a more complete description of the terms of the exchange offer, see "The Exchange Offer" in this prospectus.
Registration rights | We sold the original notes in a private offering (the "original notes offering") to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., HVB Capital Markets, Inc., KBC Financial Products USA, Inc., PNC Capital Markets, Inc., UMB Scout Brokerage Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, and The Williams Capital Group, L.P. (collectively, the "initial purchasers") on August 18, 2003, who subsequently sold the original notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. In connection with that offering, Panhandle and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers, entered into the registration rights agreement dated as of August 18, 2003 (the "registration rights agreement") for the benefit of the holders of the original notes providing for, among other things, the exchange offer. Under the registration rights agreement, we agreed to: | |||
|
file a registration statement within 120 days after the issue date of the original notes enabling holders to exchange the privately placed original notes for publicly registered exchange notes with substantially identical terms; |
|||
|
use our reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 180 days after the issue date of the original notes; |
|||
|
use our reasonable best efforts to consummate the exchange offer within 30 days after the effective date of this registration statement; and |
|||
|
file a shelf registration statement for the resale of the original notes if we cannot effect an exchange offer within the time periods listed above and under other circumstances specified in the registration rights agreement. |
|||
The interest rate on the original notes will increase if we do not comply with certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. See "The Exchange OfferRegistration Rights." |
||||
Purpose of exchange |
The exchange offer is intended to make the exchange notes freely transferable by the holders (other than participating broker-dealers) without registration or any prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act. See "The Exchange OfferPurpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer." |
|||
12
The exchange offer |
We are offering to exchange, pursuant to the exchange offer, up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.80% exchange notes for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 4.80% original notes, and up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6.05% exchange notes for $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 6.05% original notes. The terms of the 4.80% exchange notes will be substantially identical (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the 4.80% original notes, and the terms of the 6.05% exchange notes will be substantially identical (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the 6.05% original notes, except that, in each case, the exchange notes will be freely transferable by the holders, will not be subject to any covenant regarding registration under the Securities Act and will not bear additional interest as a result of our failure to consummate the exchange offer under the terms of the registration rights agreement. See "The Exchange OfferTerms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Original Notes" and "Procedures for Tendering Original Notes." The original notes may be exchanged only in integral multiples of $1,000. |
|||
Expiration date |
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on , 2004, unless extended (the "expiration date"). |
|||
Conditions of the exchange |
No minimum principal amount of original notes must be tendered to complete the exchange offer. The exchange offer is subject, however, to certain customary conditions which we may waive. Other than United States federal and state securities laws, we do not need to satisfy any regulatory requirements or obtain any regulatory approval to conduct the exchange offer. See "The Exchange OfferConditions of the Exchange Offer." We reserve the right to terminate or amend the exchange offer at any time prior to the expiration date upon the occurrence of any of the conditions. |
|||
Procedures for tendering original notes |
If you wish to participate in the exchange offer you must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, in accordance with its instructions and the instructions in this prospectus, and mail or otherwise deliver such letter of transmittal, or the facsimile, together with the original notes and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at the address set forth herein. You may only effect a tender of original notes pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer as described in this prospectus. See "The Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering Original Notes." |
|||
13
Special procedures for beneficial owners |
If you are a beneficial owner whose original notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you are a beneficial owner who wishes to tender on the registered holder's behalf, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the original notes, you must either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. See "The Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering Original Notes." |
|||
Guaranteed delivery procedures |
If you wish to tender your original notes in the exchange offer but the required documentation cannot be completed by the expiration date or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you may still tender your original notes by completing, signing and delivering the letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date and tendering your original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedures." |
|||
Withdrawal rights |
You may withdraw your tender of original notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the expiration date. A telegram, telex, letter or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the expiration date. See "The Exchange OfferWithdrawal of Tenders." |
|||
Acceptance of original notes in exchange offer; delivery of exchange notes |
Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange any and all original notes that are properly tendered to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the expiration date. The exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer will be delivered promptly following the expiration date. See "The Exchange OfferTerms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Original Notes" and "The Exchange OfferAcceptance of Original Notes in Exchange Offer; Delivery of Exchange Notes." |
|||
Exchange agent |
J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (the "exchange agent") is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. See "The Exchange OfferExchange Agent." |
|||
Certain United States federal income tax consequences |
For a summary of certain United States federal income tax consequences of ownership of the notes, the exchange of original notes for exchange notes and the disposition of notes, see "Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences." |
|||
14
Effect on holders of original notes |
As a result of making the exchange offer, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered original notes pursuant to the terms thereof, we will have fulfilled some of our obligations contained in the registration rights agreement and, accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the original notes pursuant to the registration rights agreement. Holders of original notes who do not tender their original notes will continue to be entitled to all of the rights and will be bound by all of the limitations applicable thereto under the indenture, dated as of March 29, 1999, between Panhandle (for itself and as successor-by-merger to CMS Panhandle Holding Company) and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association, and successor-in-interest to NBD Bank), as amended and supplemented by the third supplemental indenture, dated as of August 18, 2003, between Panhandle and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association), as trustee (the "trustee") (the indenture as so amended and supplemented, the "indenture"), relating to the notes, except for any rights under the indenture or the registration rights agreement which by their terms terminate or cease to be effective as a result of our making and accepting for exchange all validly tendered original notes pursuant to the exchange offer (including the right to receive additional interest). All original notes that remain outstanding will continue to accrue interest and continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the original notes and the indenture. To the extent that original notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for original notes could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange OfferConsequences of Failure to Exchange." |
|||
Additional interest |
If we do not complete timely the exchange offer or cause a registration statement covering resales to become effective within prescribed time periods, additional interest will be payable with respect to the original notes at the rate of 0.25% per annum, which rate will increase by 0.25% per annum each 90-day period that such additional interest continues to accrue under any such circumstance, provided that the maximum aggregate increase in the interest rate will in no event exceed 0.50% per annum. |
|||
Fees and Expenses |
We will pay all fees and expenses associated with the exchange offer and compliance with the registration rights agreement. |
|||
Use of Proceeds |
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We used the net proceeds from the sale of the original notes to fund the Panhandle tender offer, to refinance the interim financing for the Panhandle redemption, and for general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds." |
15
The following is a brief summary of the terms of the exchange notes. For a more complete description of the terms of the exchange notes, see "Description of the Exchange Notes" in this prospectus.
Issuer | Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC. | |||
Notes offered |
$300 million aggregate principal amount of 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series B, and $250 million aggregate principal amount of 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series B. |
|||
Maturity |
August 15, 2008, for the 4.80% exchange notes, and August 15, 2013, for the 6.05% exchange notes. |
|||
Interest payment dates |
February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on February 15, 2004. |
|||
Ranking |
The exchange notes will be unsecured senior obligations and rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated senior indebtedness. As of September 30, 2003: |
|||
|
we had outstanding approximately $1.211 billion of senior indebtedness; and |
|||
|
one of our subsidiaries had outstanding approximately $272 million of indebtedness with respect to which the exchange notes will be structurally subordinated. |
|||
Issuance of additional notes |
We may "reopen" the notes of any series and issue additional notes at any time. |
|||
Optional redemption |
We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of: |
|||
|
100% of their principal amount and |
|||
|
the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes, discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis at the treasury rate plus 20 basis points, in the case of the notes due 2008 and 25 basis points, in the case of the notes due 2013. |
|||
Mandatory redemption |
None. |
|||
Form and denomination |
The exchange notes will be fully registered under the Securities Act and issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The exchange notes will be in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more permanent global certificates in fully registered form without interest coupons and will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered in the name of Cede & Co., or another nominee designated by DTC. |
|||
Governing law |
The indenture is, and the exchange notes will be, governed by New York law. |
|||
16
Ratings |
The notes have been rated BBB by Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, Baa3 by Moody's Investor Service, Inc., and BBB by Fitch Ratings. Security ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold the notes. Ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies. |
|||
Transfer restrictions |
The original notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities law and are subject to restrictions on transfer. The exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to those restrictions. |
|||
Certain covenants |
The exchange notes will be subject to certain covenants that restrict our ability to make specified payments, create or incur liens on our property or enter into some sale-leaseback transactions. See "Description of the Exchange NotesCertain Covenants." |
|||
Risk factors |
See "Risk Factors" and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to tender your original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer. |
17
In deciding whether to exchange your original notes in the exchange offer, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, in addition to the other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are currently unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the value of the exchange notes and your investment could decline.
Risks That Relate to Our Industry
Our business is highly regulated.
Our business is subject to regulation by federal, state and local regulatory authorities. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, the U.S. Department of Transportation and various state and local regulatory agencies regulate the interstate pipeline business. In particular, FERC regulates the services provided and rates charged by us. Our ability to obtain rate increases and rate supplements and to maintain our current rate of return depends upon regulatory discretion, and we can not assure you that we will be able to continue the current rates of return. Complying with these regulations also involves substantial cost.
In addition, the Department of Transportation through its Office of Pipeline Safety has regulations that govern all aspects of the design, construction, operation, and maintenance of pipeline and LNG facilities. While these regulations have existed for several years, they are undergoing extensive changes to fully implement the 2002 amendment to the Pipeline Safety Act. These new regulations are expected to be finalized by December 17, 2003, and will focus primarily on ensuring the integrity of pipeline systems by requiring a written pipeline integrity management program that would include periodic inspection of pipeline facilities and repair of any defects discovered in the inspection process. We anticipate that the new rules will result in changes in the way we evaluate and document our pipeline integrity process. However, until the regulations are finalized, we will not know the exact nature of the new requirements nor can we estimate additional compliance costs. See "BusinessRegulationOther Regulation."
We are subject to environmental regulations that could be difficult and costly to comply with.
We are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection. These laws and regulations affect many aspects of our operations (including air emissions and the handling, use and disposal of hazardous substances) and may result in increased capital, operating and other costs. These laws and regulations generally require us to obtain and comply with a wide variety of environmental registrations, licenses, permits and other approvals, and may be enforced by both public officials and private individuals. We cannot predict the initiation, outcome or effect of any action or litigation that may arise from applicable environmental laws and regulations.
Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain or maintain all environmental regulatory approvals necessary to our business. If there is a delay in obtaining any required environmental regulatory approval, or if we fail to obtain, maintain or comply with any such approval, operations at our affected facilities could be halted or subjected to additional costs.
In addition, we may be responsible for environmental cleanup and other costs at sites that we may acquire or we formerly or currently own or operate and at third party waste disposal sites. These liabilities may arise due to laws and regulations or, in some cases, due to contractual indemnification we have provided to third parties. We cannot predict with certainty the sites for which we may be responsible, the imposition of resulting cleanup obligations, or the amount and timing of future
18
expenditures related to environmental remediation because of the difficulty of estimating cleanup costs and the uncertainty of payment by other potentially responsible parties. We cannot assure you that any such costs will not be material nor can we assure that we will be able to recover any such costs.
Existing environmental laws and regulations may be revised or new laws and regulations may be adopted or become applicable to us. Revised or additional laws and regulations that result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, particularly if those costs are not fully recoverable from insurance or our customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Recent events that are beyond our control have increased the level of public and regulatory scrutiny of our industry. Governmental and market reactions to these events may have negative impacts on our business, financial condition and access to capital.
As a result of the energy crisis in California during the summer of 2001, the recent volatility of natural gas prices in North America, the bankruptcy filing by Enron Corporation, accounting irregularities at other public companies in general and energy companies in particular, and investigations by governmental authorities into energy trading activities, companies in the regulated and unregulated utility business have been under a generally increased amount of public and regulatory scrutiny and suspicion. Accounting irregularities at other public companies have caused regulators and legislators to review current accounting practices, financial disclosures and companies' relationships with their independent auditors. The capital markets and ratings agencies also have increased their level of scrutiny. It is not possible for us to predict what effect these types of events may have on our, or any of our customers', business, or financial condition, or on our access to the capital markets.
Motivated by some of these events, Congress passed the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. It is unclear what additional laws or regulations may develop, and we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any future changes in accounting regulations or practices in general with respect to public companies, the energy industry or our operations including any of our customers' ability to pay us. Any new accounting standards could affect the way we are required to record revenues, assets and liabilities. These changes in legal and accounting standards could lead to negative impacts on reported earnings or increases in liabilities that could, in turn, affect our reported results of operations.
Terrorist attacks, such as the attacks that occurred on September 11, 2001, may result in increased costs, and the consequences of the war on terror and the Iraq war may adversely impact our results of operations.
The impact that terrorist attacks, such as the attacks of September 11, 2001, may have on the energy industry in general, and on us in particular, is not known at this time. Uncertainty surrounding military activity may affect our operations in unpredictable ways, including disruptions of fuel supplies and markets, particularly oil, and the possibility that infrastructure facilities, including pipelines, production facilities, processing plants and refineries, could be direct targets of, or indirect casualties of, an act of terror or a retaliatory strike. We may have to incur additional costs in the future to safeguard our physical assets and we may be required to incur significant additional costs in the future.
The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 and the changes in the insurance markets attributable to those attacks has made and continues to make certain types of insurance more difficult and more costly for us to obtain. We may be unable to secure the levels and types of insurance we would otherwise have secured prior to September 11, 2001. There can be no assurance that insurance will be available to us without significant additional costs. A lower level of economic activity could also result in a decline in energy consumption which could adversely affect our revenues or restrict our future growth. Instability in the financial markets as a result of terrorism or war could also affect our ability to raise capital.
19
Risks That Relate To Our Business
We have substantial debt.
We have a significant amount of debt outstanding. We had total consolidated senior indebtedness of approximately $1.211 billion outstanding as of September 30, 2003 compared to total capitalization (total debt plus owner's equity) of $1.832 billion. As of September 30, 2003, our subsidiary Trunkline LNG Company, LLC had approximately $272 million of bank debt outstanding (included in our total debt) with respect to which the original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, structurally subordinated.
Our substantial debt could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
Some of our debt obligations contain financial covenants related to debt-to-capital ratios and interest coverage ratios. Our failure to comply with any of these covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of our outstanding debt obligations or the inability to borrow under certain credit agreements. Any such acceleration would cause a material adverse change in our financial condition and results of operations.
We depend on our ability to access the capital markets.
We rely on access to both short-term and long-term credit as a significant source of liquidity for capital requirements not satisfied by the cash flow from our operations. Any worsening of our financial condition could limit our ability to access the credit markets. External events could also increase our cost of borrowing or adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets. Such external events could include the following:
Restrictions on our ability to access capital markets could affect our ability to pursue improvements or execute our business plan.
20
Our pipeline business is subject to competition.
Federal and state regulation of natural gas interstate pipelines has changed dramatically in the last two decades and could continue to change. These regulatory changes have resulted and will continue to result in increased competition in the pipeline business. In order to meet competitive challenges, we will need to adapt our marketing strategies, the type of transportation and storage services we offer to our customers and our pricing and rate responses to competitive forces. We will also need to respond to changes in state regulation in our market area that allow direct sales to all retail end-user customers or, at least, broader customer classes than now allowed. We are not able to predict the financial consequences of these changes at this time, but they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
FERC policy allows the issuance of certificates authorizing the construction of new interstate pipelines which are competitive with existing pipelines. A number of new pipeline and pipeline expansion projects have been approved or are pending approval by FERC in order to transport large additional volumes of natural gas to the Midwest from Canada. If built, these pipelines will be able to compete with us, if only indirectly. Increased competition could reduce the volumes of gas we transport to our existing markets or force us to lower rates in order to meet competition. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The success of our pipeline businesses depends, in part, on factors beyond our control.
Most of the natural gas we transport and store is owned by third parties. As a result, the volume of natural gas involved in these activities depends on the actions of those third parties and is beyond our control. Further, the following factors, most of which are beyond our control, may unfavorably impact our ability to maintain or increase current transmission and storage rates, to renegotiate existing contracts as they expire or to remarket unsubscribed capacity:
Our success depends on the continued development of additional natural gas reserves in the vicinity of our facilities and our ability to access additional reserves to offset the natural decline from existing wells connected to our systems.
Revenues generated by our transmission contracts ultimately depend on the volume of natural gas transported. As the reserves available through the supply basins connected to our systems are naturally declining, a decrease in development or production activities could cause a decrease in the volume of reserves available for transmission. Investments by third parties in the development of new natural gas reserves connected to our facilities depend on energy prices which in turn are affected by a number of factors, including:
21
If there are reductions in the average volume of natural gas we transport, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Fluctuations in energy commodity prices could adversely affect our business.
Revenues generated by our transmission contracts depend on rates. If natural gas prices in the supply basins connected to our pipeline systems are higher than prices in other natural gas producing regions, especially Canada, our ability to compete with other transporters may be negatively impacted.
Our pipeline revenues are generated under contracts that must be renegotiated periodically.
Our pipeline revenues are generated under natural gas transportation contracts that expire periodically and must be replaced approximately every three years, on average. Although we actively pursue the renegotiation, extension and/or replacement of these contracts, we cannot assure you that we will be able to extend or replace these contracts when they expire or that the terms of any renegotiated contracts will be as favorable as the existing contracts.
In particular, our ability to extend and replace transportation contracts could be harmed by factors we cannot control, including:
If we are unable to renew, extend or replace these contracts, or if we renew them on less favorable terms, we may suffer a material reduction in our revenues and earnings.
Our pipeline business is dependent on a small number of customers for a significant percentage of our sales.
During the first nine months of 2003, sales to Proliance Energy, LLC, a nonaffiliated local distribution company and gas marketer, accounted for 16% of our combined revenues, sales to BG LNG Services, a nonaffiliated gas marketer, accounted for 16% of our combined revenues and sales to subsidiaries of our former parent, CMS Energy, also accounted for 13% of our combined revenues. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our combined revenues during the same period. Aggregate sales to our top 10 customers accounted for 71% of our combined revenues during the first nine months of 2003. In 2003, some of the Proliance contracts that form a part of our overall agreement with Proliance Energy, LLC were renegotiated and extended through 2009. While we believe that we have strong relationships with all of our significant customers, the loss of one or more significant customers would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
22
Our operations are subject to operational hazards and uninsured risks.
Our operations are subject to the inherent risks normally associated with pipeline operations, including pipeline ruptures, explosions, pollution, release of toxic substances, fires and adverse weather conditions, and other hazards, any of which could result in damage to or destruction of our facilities or our or others' property. These occurrences could also result in personal injury or death. If any of these events were to occur, we could suffer substantial losses.
While we maintain insurance against many of these risks, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if a significant event occurs that is not fully covered by insurance.
We are subject to control by Southern Union.
We are an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Southern Union Company. Accordingly, Southern Union can control or direct all our business affairs, designate all of the members of our board of managers, unilaterally effect changes to our management team and decide all matters submitted for member approval. In circumstances involving a conflict of interest between Southern Union, on the one hand, and our creditors, on the other hand, we can give no assurance that Southern Union would not exercise its power to control us in a manner that would benefit Southern Union to the detriment of our creditors.
The indenture imposes some limitations in some circumstances on our ability to pay dividends or to make other payments or loans to Southern Union. See "Description of the Exchange NotesCertain Covenants". The indenture does not otherwise restrict our ability to enter into transactions with Southern Union or their terms, including transportation and storage services, fees for other services provided to us or by us, cost allocations such as for management time and related overhead, shared benefit plans and income taxes, which could result in our costs for such items exceeding what we might incur if we were not affiliated with Southern Union.
Risks That Relate To This Offering
The indenture may restrict our ability to enter into certain transactions.
Our indenture provides that a change in our federal income tax status or a change in the deemed issuer of the notes for federal income tax purposes may give rise to an event of default under the indenture unless we provide an opinion of counsel to the effect that there will be no federal income tax consequences to the holders or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the applicable series of exchange notes consent to the change. This restriction may limit Southern Union's and our ability to respond to changing business and economic conditions and engage in opportunistic transactions. See "Description of the Exchange NotesEvents of Default."
There has been no prior market for the exchange notes and if an active trading market does not develop, you may not be able to resell your exchange notes.
Each series of the exchange notes is a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We cannot assure you that a liquid or active trading market will develop for the exchange notes. If an active trading market for the exchange notes does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the exchange notes may be adversely affected and you may not be able to resell your exchange notes at their fair market value or at all. If the exchange notes are traded, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our performance and other factors. Some of the initial purchasers have advised us that they presently intend to make a market in the exchange notes after completion of this exchange offer. However, the initial purchasers are under no obligation to do so and may discontinue any market-making activities at
23
any time without any notice. We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any national securities exchange or for quotation of the exchange notes on any automated dealer quotation system.
Consequences of Failure to TenderFailure to tender your original notes for exchange notes could limit your ability to resell the original notes.
The original notes were not registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and may not be resold, offered for resale or otherwise transferred unless they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your original notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer the original notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act. In addition, we will no longer be under an obligation to register the original notes under the Securities Act except in the limited circumstances provided under the registration rights agreement. In addition, if you want to exchange your original notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
Trading Market for original notesThe issuance of the exchange notes may adversely affect the market for the original notes.
To the extent the original notes are tendered for exchange and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and tendered but unaccepted original notes could be adversely affected.
24
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes offered by this prospectus. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive the original notes in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are substantially the same as the form and terms of the exchange notes. The original notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any increase or decrease in our indebtedness. We have agreed to bear the expense of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with the exchange offer.
The net proceeds received by us from the original notes offering, after deducting the initial purchasers' discount and expenses related to the offering were approximately $542.4 million. We used the net proceeds from the sale of the original notes to fund the Panhandle tender offer, to refinance the interim financing for the Panhandle redemption, and for general corporate purposes, including the costs of our debt refinancing.
25
The following table sets forth our capitalization at September 30, 2003.
The information in this table does not give effect to any other events subsequent to September 30, 2003. You should read the information in this table along with the financial information included in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.
|
As of September 30, 2003 |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(In thousands) |
||||
Debt: | |||||
6.125% senior notes due 2004 | $ | 146,080 | |||
7.875% senior notes due 2004 | 52,455 | ||||
6.500% senior notes due 2009 | 60,623 | ||||
8.250% senior notes due 2010, series B | 40,500 | ||||
7.000% senior notes due 2029 | 66,305 | ||||
LNG Bank Loans (floating rate) | 272,484 | ||||
Net (discount) premium | 22,412 | ||||
4.800% senior notes due 2008, series A | 300,000 | ||||
6.050% senior notes due 2013, series A | 250,000 | ||||
Total debt | $ | 1,210,859 | |||
Current portion of long-term debt | (209,819 | ) | |||
Total debt, excluding current portion | $ | 1,001,040 | |||
Equity: |
|||||
Owner's equity(1) | 620,512 | ||||
Total capitalization including current portion of long-term debt | $ | 1,831,371 | |||
26
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
The following table sets forth the consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges on an historical basis for the year ended December 31, 1998, the periods January 1 through March 28, 1999 and March 29 through December 31, 1999, each of the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and for the periods January 1 through June 11, 2003 and June 12 through September 30, 2003 and on a pro forma basis assuming the restructuring transaction and application of the net proceeds from the note issuances had occurred as of January 1, 2002 for the year ended December 31, 2002, and for the periods January 1 through June 11, 2003 and June 12 through September 30, 2003. Post-acquisition financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting and pre-acquisition period and post-acquisition period financial results (separated by a heavy black line) are presented but are not comparable. The heavy black line separating January 1 through June 11, 2003 from June 12 through September 30, 2003 relates to the Panhandle acquisition. The heavy black line separating January 1 through March 28, 1999 from March 29 through December 31, 1999 relates to the acquisition of Panhandle by CMS from Duke Energy, effective March 28, 1999.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Pro Forma June 12- September 30, 2003 |
|
Pro Forma January 1- June 11, 2003 |
|
Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2002 |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
June 12- September 30, 2003 |
January 1- June 11, 2003 |
March 29- December 31, 1999 |
January 1- March 28, 1999 |
Year Ended December 31, 1998 |
|||||||||||||||||
|
2002 |
2001 |
2000 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges | 2.9 | 3.7 | 3.5 | 3.1 | 3.3 | 2.4 | 2.0 | 2.2 | 2.1 | 3.6 | 2.7 |
Earnings included in the calculation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges represent income before income taxes plus fixed charges, other than capitalized interest. Fixed charges include capitalized interest, a portion of rent expense representative of interest and interest expense, which includes debt premium and discount amortization and amortization of debt issuance costs.
Each of the actual and pro forma ratios of earnings to fixed charges for the periods June 12 through September 30, 2003 and January 1 through June 11, 2003 and actual ratios of earning to fixed charges for the periods January 1 through March 28, 1999 and March 29 through December 31, 1999, reflect the seasonal nature of our business. Demand for gas transmission on our pipeline systems and throughput are highest, and a higher portion of our revenues are earned, during the colder period in the first and fourth quarters. Accordingly, these results are not indicative of our full year or future performance. Additionally, due to the nature of the short time frame of the period ended September 30, 2003, the results do not reflect the actual results that would have been achieved on an annual basis.
The pro forma ratios presented above, as well as the historical ratio for the period June 12 through September 30, 2003 benefit from debt premium amortization recorded following the Southern Union's acquisition of Panhandle, which lowers book interest expense but does not lower actual cash interest payments.
The ratios for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 have been revised to reflect the application of SFAS 145, which requires that gains and losses on debt extinguishments no longer be classified as extraordinary items in the amounts of $0.6 million, net of tax, gain, and ($2.1) million, net of tax, loss, respectively.
27
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION+,++
The following tables set forth our selected historical consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2002, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998, and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, for January 1 through March 28, 1999 and March 29 through December 31, 1999, and for the year ended December 31, 1998, set forth below has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2002, and for June 12 through September 30, 2003 and January 1 through June 11, 2003, and for the nine-months ended September 30, 2002 set forth below has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus and which, in our opinion, include all normal, recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position as of such dates and the results of operations for such respective periods. Post-acquisition financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting and pre-acquisition period and post-acquisition period financial results (separated by a heavy black line) are presented but are not comparable. The heavy black line separating January 1 through June 11, 2003 from June 12 through September 30, 2003 relates to the Panhandle acquisition. The heavy black line separating January 1 through March 28, 1999 from March 29 through December 31, 1999 relates to the acquisition of Panhandle by CMS from Duke Energy, effective March 28, 1999. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the future results of operations that may be expected for the entire year. You should read the information in the following table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations" and other financial information included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The historical consolidated financial information has been revised to reflect the application of SFAS 145, which dictates that gains and losses on debt extinguishments are no longer classified as extraordinary items, and have been reclassified to Other income (losses), net.
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 12- September 30, 2003 |
January 1- June 11, 2003 |
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2002 |
March 29- December 31, 1999 |
January 1- March 28, 1999 |
Year Ended December 31, 1998 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2002 |
2001 |
2000 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(in millions) |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated statements of operations data: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating revenue | $ | 139 | $ | 234 | $ | 347 | $ | 484 | $ | 514 | $ | 483 | $ | 343 | $ | 128 | $ | 496 | |||||||||||
Operating expenses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operation, maintenance and general | 63 | 91 | 150 | 202 | 250 | 211 | 151 | 40 | 213 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 20 | 23 | 40 | 51 | 69 | 65 | 44 | 14 | 56 | ||||||||||||||||||||
General taxes | 9 | 12 | 17 | 22 | 27 | 23 | 22 | 7 | 26 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 92 | 126 | 207 | 275 | 346 | 299 | 217 | 61 | 295 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Pretax operating income | 47 | 108 | 140 | 209 | 168 | 184 | 126 | 67 | 201 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (losses), net | 7 | 6 | 9 | (14 | ) | 6 | 8 | 2 | 4 | 24 | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest on long-term debt | 14 | 33 | 58 | 74 | 84 | 82 | 59 | 5 | 25 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other interest | (1 | ) | 3 | (1 | ) | 2 | (1 | ) | 3 | 1 | 13 | 52 | |||||||||||||||||
Total interest expenses | 13 | 36 | 57 | 76 | 83 | 85 | 60 | 18 | 77 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest | | | 3 | 4 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes | 41 | 78 | 89 | 115 | 91 | 107 | 68 | 53 | 148 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes | 16 | 30 | 35 | 46 | 37 | 43 | 27 | 20 | 57 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | 25 | 48 | 54 | 69 | 54 | 64 | 41 | 33 | 91 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill, FAS 142 | | | (369 | ) | (369 | ) | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset retirement obligations, FAS 143 | | 2 | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated net income (loss) | $ | 25 | $ | 50 | $ | (315 | ) | $ | (300 | ) | $ | 54 | $ | 64 | $ | 41 | $ | 33 | $ | 91 | |||||||||
28
Consolidated balance sheet data as of end of period: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net property, plant and equipment | $ | 1,960 | $ | 1,601 | $ | 1,621 | $ | 1,588 | $ | 1,600 | $ | 1,500 | $ | 979 | |||||||||||||||
Investments and other assets | 35 | 183 | 156 | 121 | 21 | 14 | 814 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total current assets | 226 | 334 | 342 | 483 | 427 | 272 | 180 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill, net | | 113 | 113 | 714 | 753 | 774 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 2,221 | $ | 2,231 | $ | 2,232 | $ | 2,906 | $ | 2,801 | $ | 2,560 | $ | 1,973 | |||||||||||||||
Long-term debt, including current portion | 1,211 | 1,166 | 1,162 | 1,297 | 1,193 | 1,094 | 299 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term notes | | | 30 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other current liabilities | 158 | 188 | 153 | 219 | 266 | 204 | 914 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes and other non-current liabilities | 231 | 112 | 135 | 266 | 220 | 134 | 202 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Owner's equity | 621 | 765 | 752 | 1,124 | 1,122 | 1,128 | 558 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and owner's equity | $ | 2,221 | $ | 2,231 | $ | 2,232 | $ | 2,906 | $ | 2,801 | $ | 2,560 | $ | 1,973 | |||||||||||||||
29
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
The following tables set forth our unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed statements of operations for the periods indicated. The unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 set forth below is based upon our audited historical consolidated statements of operations and the related notes for the same period. The unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed statements of operations for the periods June 12 through September 30, 2003 and January 1 through June 11, 2003 set forth below are based upon our unaudited historical consolidated statements of operations and the related notes for the same periods incorporated by reference into this prospectus, which in our opinion, include all normal, recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for such respective periods. The unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the periods June 12 through September 30, 2003 and January 1 through June 11, 2003 are presented as if the restructuring transaction had occurred and the notes had been issued and the net proceeds therefrom applied, in each case, as of January 1, 2002. The unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed statements of operations set forth below are for illustrative purposes only and do not indicate the results of operations that would have been achieved had the restructuring transaction had occurred and the notes had been issued and the net proceeds therefrom applied, in each case, as of January 1, 2002 nor are they indicative of results that may be obtained in the future. You should read these statements and notes thereto together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial information included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We believe the estimates and assumptions used to prepare the unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial statements provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of any notes issuances and the transactions described in the restructuring transaction, and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to the estimates and assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements. The historical consolidated condensed statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 set forth below has been revised to reflect the application of SFAS 145, which dictates that gains and losses on debt extinguishments are no longer classified as extraordinary items, and have been reclassified to Other income (losses), net.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the period June 12 through September 30, 2003
|
Historical |
Pro Forma Adjustment |
Pro Forma |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
(in millions) |
|
||||||||
Operating revenue | $ | 139 | $ | | $ | 139 | |||||
Operating expenses: | |||||||||||
Operation, maintenance and general | 63 | | 63 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 20 | | 20 | ||||||||
General taxes | 9 | | 9 | ||||||||
Total operating expenses | 92 | | 92 | ||||||||
Pretax operating income | 47 | | 47 | ||||||||
Other income (losses), net | 7 | | 7 | ||||||||
Interest expense | 13 | 4 | (C) | 17 | |||||||
Income before income taxes | 41 | (4 | ) | 37 | |||||||
Income taxes | 16 | (2 | )(D) | 14 | |||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | $ | 25 | $ | (2 | ) | $ | 23 | ||||
See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations.
30
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the period January 1 through June 11, 2003
|
Historical |
Pro Forma Adjustment |
Pro Forma |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
(in millions) |
|
||||||||
Operating revenue | $ | 234 | $ | | $ | 234 | |||||
Operating expenses: | |||||||||||
Operation, maintenance and general | 91 | | 91 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 23 | 6 | (A) | 29 | |||||||
General taxes | 12 | | 12 | ||||||||
Total operating expenses | 126 | 6 | 132 | ||||||||
Pretax operating income | 108 | (6 | ) | 102 | |||||||
Other income (losses), net | 6 | (6 | )(B) | | |||||||
Interest expense | 36 | (7 | )(C) | 29 | |||||||
Income before income taxes | 78 | (5 | ) | 73 | |||||||
Income taxes | 30 | (2 | )(D) | 28 | |||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | $ | 48 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 45 | ||||
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2002
|
Historical |
Pro Forma Adjustment |
Pro Forma |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
(in millions) |
|
|||||||||
Operating revenue | $ | 484 | $ | 7 | (E) | $ | 491 | |||||
Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||
Operation, maintenance and general | 202 | | 202 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 51 | 13 | (A) | 64 | ||||||||
General taxes | 22 | | 22 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 275 | 13 | 288 | |||||||||
Pretax operating income | 209 | (6 | ) | 203 | ||||||||
Other income (losses), net and minority interest | (18 | ) | 17 | (B) | (1 | ) | ||||||
Interest expense | 76 | (19 | )(C) | 57 | ||||||||
Income before income taxes | 115 | 30 | 145 | |||||||||
Income taxes | 46 | 12 | (D) | 58 | ||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | $ | 69 | $ | 18 | $ | 87 | ||||||
See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations.
31
Notes To Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Statements Of Operations
(A) Reflects amortization of the acquisition step-up of Panhandle of $6 million and $13 million for the period January 1 through June 11, 2003 and for the year ended December 31, 2002, respectively, which is assumed to be allocable to property, plant and equipment and certain intangibles, amortized on a straight-line basis over a 30-year period and 5-year period, respectively, based on the estimated remaining useful lives of these assets.
(B) Reflects the elimination of (i) ($6) million and ($9) million of net intercompany interest income of Panhandle on the note receivable from a subsidiary of CMS Energy, for the period January 1 through June 11, 2003 and for the year ended December 31, 2002, respectively, presented as a result of the elimination of such note receivable in connection with the Panhandle acquisition and (ii) the $26 million write-down of Centennial Pipeline, LLC recorded in December 2002 for the year ended December 31, 2002.
(C) Reflects an increase in interest expense of $5 million and a decrease in interest expense of ($4) million and ($13) million for the periods June 12 through September 30, 2003, January 1 through June 11, 2003 and for the year ended December 31, 2002, respectively, due to the amortization of the debt premiums recorded to adjust the Panhandle debt to fair value upon the Panhandle acquisition offset by the actual net premium for the period June 12 through September 30, 2003, and a decrease in interest expense of ($1) million, ($3) million and ($6) million for the periods June 12 through September 30, 2003, January 1 through June 11, 2003 and for the year ended December 31, 2002, respectively, related to the debt refinancing associated with the restructuring transaction and the original notes offering. Reflects interest expense at a rate of 4.89% (net of discount on issuance) for the periods presented on the $300 million of 4.80% original notes issued in the original notes offering, and at 6.13% (net of discount on issuance) on the $250 million of 6.05% original notes issued in the original notes offering.
(D) Reflects the income tax effects at the 39% estimated statutory tax rate (federal and state) of the pre-tax pro forma adjustments. Does not reflect any specific terms of the tax sharing agreement which Panhandle has entered into with Southern Union.
(E) Reflects an adjustment to operating revenue for the elimination of equity losses related to Panhandle's ownership in Centennial Pipeline, LLC (sold in February 2003) of $8 million and Guardian Pipeline, L.L.C. (ownership transferred to CMS Energy affiliated entity in March 2003) income of ($1) million.
32
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
General
We operate a large interstate natural gas pipeline system in the United States and also own one of the nation's largest operating LNG regasification terminals based on send out capacity. We intend to optimize results through expansion and better utilization of our existing facilities and construction of new facilities. This involves providing additional transportation, storage and other asset-based value-added services to customers such as gas-fueled power plants, local distribution companies, industrial and end-users, marketers and others. We conduct our operations primarily in the central, gulf coast, midwest, and southwest regions of the United States.
In connection with our gas transmission systems, we own and operate 47 compressor stations and have five underground gas storage fields located in Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan and Oklahoma with an aggregate storage capacity of 72 bcf. We also have contracts with third parties for 18 bcf of storage for a total of 90 bcf of total storage available.
In 2002, our consolidated operating revenue was $484 million. Of that amount, 77% was generated from transportation services, 12% from LNG terminalling services, 8% from storage services and 3% from other services. During 2002, sales to Proliance Energy, LLC, a non-affiliated local distribution company and gas marketer, accounted for 16% of our consolidated operating revenues. Also during 2002, sales to BG LNG Services, a nonaffiliated gas marketer, accounted for 13% of our consolidated operating revenue. Sales to subsidiaries of our former parent, CMS Energy Corporation, primarily Consumers Energy Company, accounted for 12% of our consolidated operating revenues during 2002; 15% during 2001; and 12% during 2000. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated operating revenues during 2002, 2001 or 2000. Aggregate sales to our top ten customers accounted for 67%, 60% and 53% of total operating revenues during 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. See "Other Matters" for information regarding customer concentration during the first nine months of 2003.
For the years 1998 to 2002, our combined throughput was 1,141 TBtu, 1,139 TBtu, 1,374 TBtu, 1,335 TBtu and 1,259 TBtu, respectively. Beginning in March 2000, the combined throughput includes the Sea Robin Pipeline throughput. A significant portion of our revenue comes from long-term service agreements with local distribution company customers. We also provide firm transportation services under contract to gas marketers, producers, other pipelines, electric power generators and a variety of end-users. In addition, the pipelines offer both firm and interruptible transportation to customers on a short-term or seasonal basis. Demand for gas transmission on our pipeline systems is seasonal, with the highest throughput and a higher portion of revenues occurring during the colder period in the first and fourth quarters.
On June 11, 2003, Southern Union acquired us from CMS Energy Corporation for approximately $582 million in cash and three million shares of Southern Union common stock (before adjustment for subsequent stock dividends) valued at approximately $49 million based on market prices at closing and in connection therewith incurred transaction costs estimated at approximately $30 million. Southern Union also incurred additional deferred state income tax liabilities estimated at $18 million as a result of the transaction. At the time of the Panhandle acquisition, we had approximately $1.159 billion of debt outstanding that we retained. Southern Union funded the cash portion of the acquisition with approximately $437 million in cash proceeds it received for the January 1, 2003 sale of its Texas operations, approximately $121 million of the net proceeds it received from concurrent common stock and equity units offerings and with working capital available to Southern Union. Southern Union structured the Panhandle acquisition and the sale of its Texas operations in a manner intended to qualify as a like-kind exchange of property under Section 1031 of the Code. We and five of our
33
subsidiaries as well as the Southern Union subsidiary that became our direct parent upon the acquisition converted from Delaware corporations to Delaware limited liability companies in June 2003.
We have been an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Southern Union since June 11, 2003 when Southern Union acquired us from CMS Gas Transmission Company ("CMS Gas Transmission"), a subsidiary of CMS Energy Corporation ("CMS Energy Corporation" and together with its subsidiaries, "CMS"). See note 2 (Southern Union Acquisition) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The Panhandle entities include Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC, Trunkline Gas Company, LLC ("Trunkline"), our wholly-owned subsidiary, Sea Robin Pipeline Company ("Sea Robin"), a Louisiana joint venture and our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Trunkline LNG Company, LLC ("Trunkline LNG"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Trunkline LNG Holdings, LLC ("LNG Holdings"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, and Southwest Gas Storage, LLC ("Southwest Gas Storage"), our wholly-owned subsidiary.
In July 2003, we commenced the Panhandle tender offer, which was our offer to purchase for cash our existing notes. We funded the purchase of existing notes tendered to us in the Panhandle tender offer with a portion of the proceeds we received from the original notes offering. We redeemed our 7.950% debentures on August 12, 2003 using existing funds and a loan from one of our nonregulated affiliates. We redeemed our 7.200% debentures on August 15, 2003, using funds provided under a bridge credit agreement. We refinanced the redeemed debentures (including our interim financing used for their redemptions) with a portion of the proceeds we received from the original notes offering. We reduced our cash interest expense by the refinancing evidenced by the existing notes that we purchased and the redeemed debentures that we redeemed.
In December 2002, FERC approved a Trunkline LNG certificate application to expand the Lake Charles facility to approximately 1.2 billion cubic feet per day of sendout capacity versus the current capacity of 630 million cubic feet per day. BG LNG Services, Inc., a subsidiary of BG Group of the United Kingdom ("BG LNG Services") has contract rights for the 570 million cubic feet per day of additional capacity. Construction on the Trunkline LNG expansion project commenced in September 2003. In October 2003, FERC approved an amended filing with certain facility modifications. The filing included modifications which will not affect the authorized additional storage capacity and daily sendout capability and confirms the revised in-service date of January 1, 2006. The expansion expenditures are currently expected to be funded by our operating cash flows and future borrowings or refinancings. See "Liquidity." For further discussion of regulatory matters concerning Trunkline LNG, see note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
During 2002, we also had a one-third interest in Guardian, which constructed a 141-mile, 36-inch pipeline from Illinois to southeastern Wisconsin for the transportation of natural gas. The Guardian pipeline was placed into service on December 7, 2002. On March 10, 2003, Panhandle's ownership interest in Guardian, together with $63 million of cash collateral, was transferred to CMS. We were also released from our guarantee obligations associated with the Guardian project. On February 10, 2003, CMS Energy caused us to sell for its account our one-third equity interest in Centennial to Centennial's two other partners for $40 million with no income impact resulting from the sale in 2003. See note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus for a discussion of related party transactions. We have been released by our former partners and Centennial's lenders for any liabilities, including credit fees, related to our $50 million parent guaranty of the project debt.
34
Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements are based on the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The application of these principles often requires management to make certain judgments, assumptions and estimates that may result in different financial presentations. We believe that certain accounting principles are critical in terms of understanding its consolidated financial statements. These principles include the use of estimates in accounting for contingencies and long-lived assets, accounting for derivatives and financial instruments, regulatory accounting and accounting for pension and postretirement benefits.
Principles of Consolidations. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Panhandle and all majority-owned subsidiaries, after eliminating significant intercompany transactions and balances. Investments in businesses not controlled by us, but over which we have significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The principles of the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies" (SFAS No. 5), guide the recording of contingent liabilities within the financial statements. Certain accounting principles require subjective and complex judgments used in the preparation of financial statements. Accordingly, a different financial presentation could result depending on the judgment, estimates or assumptions that are used. Such estimates and assumptions include, but are not specifically limited to: depreciation and amortization, interest rates, discount rates, health care trend rates, inflation rates, future commodity prices, mark-to-market valuations, investment returns, volatility in the price of Southern Union and CMS common stock, impact of new accounting standards, future costs associated with long-term contractual obligations, future compliance costs associated with environmental regulations, and continuing creditworthiness of counterparties. Although these estimates are based on management's knowledge of current expected future events, actual results could materially differ from those estimates.
System Gas and Operating Supplies. System gas and operating supplies consist of gas held for operations and materials and supplies, carried at the lower of weighted average cost or market. The gas held for operations that is not expected to be consumed in operations in the next twelve months has been reflected in non-current assets. All system gas and materials and supplies purchased are recorded at the lower of cost or market, while net gas received from and owed back to customers is valued at market.
Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, Plant and Equipment ("PP&E") is stated at cost and includes intangible assets and related amortization. We capitalize all construction-related direct labor and material costs, as well as indirect construction costs. The cost of replacements and betterments that extend the useful life of PP&E is also capitalized. The cost of repairs and replacements of minor items of PP&E is charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation and amortization is generally computed using the straight-line method.
Gas Imbalances. Gas imbalances occur as a result of differences in volumes of gas received and delivered. Gas imbalance in-kind receivables and payables are valued at cost or market, based on whether net imbalances have reduced or increased system gas balances, respectively. Net imbalances which have reduced system gas are valued at the cost basis of the system gas, while net imbalances which have increased system gas and are owed back to customers are priced, along with the corresponding system gas, at market.
35
Fuel Tracker. Liability accounts are maintained for net volumes of fuel gas owed to customers collectively. Trunkline records an asset whenever fuel is due from customers from prior underrecovery based on contractual and specific tariff provisions which support the treatment as an asset. Our other companies that are subject to fuel tracker provisions record an expense when fuel is under recovered. The pipelines' fuel reimbursement is in-kind and non-discountable.
Related Party Transactions. Prior to the Panhandle acquisition, we had a number of significant transactions with our former parent and its subsidiaries. These transactions included revenues for the transportation of natural gas for Consumers Energy Company ("Consumers"), and other CMS-affiliated entities, which were based on regulated prices, market prices and/or competitive bidding. Related party expenses included payments for services provided by affiliates and payment of overhead costs and management and royalty fees to CMS, as well as allocated benefit plan costs. Subsequent to June 11, 2003, related party expenses primarily include payments for services provided by Southern Union. Other income was primarily related to interest income from the CMS Capital note receivable. See note 5 (Related Party Transactions) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
A portion of our revenues for the transportation of natural gas include revenues from Missouri Gas Energy, a division of Southern Union that is a gas utility in Kansas City, Missouri and parts of western Missouri. Contracts for services were entered into before either the initial agreement between CMS and Southern Union or closing of the Panhandle acquisition and were based on regulated prices, market prices and competitive bidding. Currently, we supply less than ten percent of Missouri Gas Energy's total gas delivery requirements. Missouri Gas Energy's volumes on Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line represents less than one percent of the total volume of that pipeline's business.
For periods commencing with the Panhandle acquisition, we and certain of our subsidiaries are not treated as a separate taxpayer for federal and certain state income tax purposes. Instead, our income is taxable to Southern Union. We have entered into a tax sharing agreement with Southern Union pursuant to which we will be required to make payments to Southern Union in order to reimburse Southern Union for taxes that it pays on our income. In addition, our subsidiaries that are corporations will be included in consolidated and combined federal and state income tax returns filed by Southern Union. We expect that the tax sharing agreement will be modified to include provisions for apportioning the liability for taxes due with respect to these consolidated and combined returns. Our liability generally will be equal to the liability which we and our subsidiaries would have incurred based upon our taxable income if we were a taxpayer filing separately from Southern Union, except that we will receive credit for any increased liability resulting from our tax basis in our assets having been reduced as a result of the like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code. In addition, Southern Union has agreed to pay over to us any indemnification payments that it receives from CMS Energy with respect to our tax liability for periods prior to the Panhandle acquisition. The tax sharing agreement can be amended from time to time. Depending upon the terms of the tax sharing agreement, our liability to Southern Union may be greater or less than the tax liability that we and our subsidiaries would have incurred if we were a corporation unaffiliated with Southern Union.
Unamortized Debt Premium, Discount and Expense. We amortize premiums, discounts and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt consistent with the terms of the respective debt instrument.
Environmental Expenditures. Environmental expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation are expensed. Environmental expenditures relating to current or future revenues are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Liabilities are recorded when environmental assessments and/or clean-ups are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated.
36
Revenues. Revenues on transportation, storage and terminalling of natural gas are recognized as service is provided. Receivables are subject to normal trade terms and are carried net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Prior to final FERC approval of filed rates, we are exposed to risk that the FERC will ultimately approve the rates at a level lower than those requested. The difference is subject to refund and reserves are established, where required, for that purpose. See note 3 (Regulatory Matters) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
Interest Cost Capitalized. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 34, "Capitalization of Interest Cost", requires capitalization of interest on certain qualifying assets that are undergoing activities to prepare them for their intended use. Interest costs incurred during the construction period are capitalized and amortized over the life of the assets.
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", as of January 1, 2002. Goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. Our goodwill impairment test upon adoption of SFAS No. 142 in 2002 resulted in a $601 million pre-tax write-down ($369 million after-tax) under the new standard. The impact has been reflected retroactively to the first quarter of 2002 as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting for goodwill, pursuant to the requirements of SFAS No. 142.
On June 11, 2003, Southern Union completed the Panhandle acquisition. Based on the preliminary purchase price allocations, which rely on estimates and are subject to further assessment and adjustment pending the results of outside appraisals, the acquisition results in no recognition of goodwill. The final appraisal may result in some of the purchase price being allocated to goodwill.
Accounting for Retirement Benefits. We follow SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions", to account for pension costs and SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions", to account for other postretirement benefit costs. For defined benefit plans, under certain circumstances, these statements require liabilities to be recorded on the balance sheet at the present value of these future obligations to employees net of any plan assets. The calculation of these liabilities and associated expenses requires the expertise of actuaries and is subject to many assumptions, including life expectancies, present value discount rates, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, rate of compensation increase and anticipated health care costs. Any change in these assumptions can significantly change the liability and associated expenses recognized in any given year.
Prior to the Panhandle acquisition, our employees participated in the CMS Pension Plan, a defined benefit retirement plan for employees of CMS and its affiliates. Upon the consummation of the Panhandle acquisition, the CMS Pension Plan assets and obligations associated with our employees, as well as obligations with respect to certain supplemental retirement benefits for management employees were retained by CMS. In addition, upon the closing of the Panhandle acquisition, our employees became ineligible to accrue additional benefits under the CMS Pension Plan or other CMS plans. Following the Panhandle acquisition, we do not maintain or participate in a defined benefit retirement plan for our employees, but instead provide benefits to substantially all employees under a defined contribution 401(k) plan. Under the 401(k) plan, we provide a matching contribution of 50 percent of the employee's contribution to the 401(k) plan that does not exceed four percent of the employee's eligible pay. In addition, we make additional contributions ranging from 4 to 6 percent of the employee's eligible pay, depending on the employee's age and years of service. We have generally retained the same active employee health insurance benefits that were offered prior to the Panhandle acquisition.
37
In connection with the Panhandle acquisition, CMS, or its affiliates, also retained liabilities with respect to the post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions ("OPEB") for our retirees and employees who were eligible to retire with such benefits as of the closing of the Panhandle acquisition. CMS, or its affiliates, also retained all of the assets relating to OPEB, which were $16 million less than the liabilities retained. Following the Panhandle acquisition, we provide certain post-retirement life and health benefits to eligible, active employees ("Panhandle plan"). The accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation with respect to such post-retirement health and life benefits immediately following the acquisition is estimated to be approximately $43 million. We agreed to provide, or supplement, post-retirement health benefits under the Panhandle plan for certain employees eligible to receive retiree health benefits under the CMS plan, if the most valuable of the options under the CMS plan becomes less valuable than the most valuable option under the Panhandle plan. Currently, no benefits are expected to be provided under the Panhandle plan with respect to those eligible employees who elect to receive benefits as retirees under the CMS plan, and no liability is currently recognized for such employees.
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities. We utilize interest-rate related derivative instruments to manage our exposure on our debt instruments and do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than hedging purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, we designate the derivative as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge), or a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge).
Interest rate swap agreements are used to reduce interest rate risks and to manage interest expense. By entering into these agreements, we generally convert floating-rate debt into fixed-rate debt, but may also convert fixed rate debt into floating. Interest differentials to be paid or received due to swap agreements are reflected as an adjustment to interest expense. These interest rate swaps are financial derivative instruments that qualify for hedge treatment. For derivatives treated as hedges of future cash flows, the effective portion of changes in fair value is recorded in other comprehensive income until the related hedge items impact earnings. Any ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge is reported in earnings immediately. For derivatives treated as a hedge of the fair value of a debt instrument, the effective portion of changes in fair value are recorded as an adjustment to the hedged debt. The ineffective portion of a fair value hedge is recognized in earnings. Upon termination of a fair value hedge of a debt instrument, the resulting gain or loss is amortized to income through the maturity date of the debt instrument.
We are party to interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $204 million as of September 30, 2003 that fix the interest rate applicable to floating rate long-term debt and which qualify for hedge accounting. As of September 30, 2003, the ineffectiveness of the interest rate swap agreements is not significant. As of September 30, 2003, floating rate London InterBank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") based interest payments were exchanged for weighted fixed rate interest payments of 5.08%. As such, payments or receipts on interest rate swap agreements are recognized as adjustments to interest expense. As of June 11, 2003 (the Panhandle acquisition date), September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, the fair value liability position of the swaps was $27.7 million, $22.3 million and $22.4 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2003 and since the Panhandle acquisition date, an unrealized gain of $1.8 million, net of tax, was included in accumulated other comprehensive income related to these swaps, of which approximately $0.2 million, net of tax, is expected to be reclassified to interest expense during the next twelve months as the hedged interest payments occur. Current market pricing models were used to estimate fair values of interest rate swap agreements.
Accounting for Gains and Losses on Debt Extinguishment. Our financial statements have been revised to reflect the application of SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical
38
Corrections," which dictates that gains and losses on debt extinguished are no longer classified as extraordinary items. This provision is effective for transactions occurring and financial statements issued after May 15, 2002. We adopted SFAS No. 145 and the implementation resulted in a reclassification of $1 million of amounts related to debt retirements previously reflected as Extraordinary Gain to Other Income, Net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2002. During the third quarter of 2003, we recorded a pre-tax gain on the extinguishment of debt of approximately $6.1 million ($3.7 million, net of tax) which is classified as Other Income, Net, pursuant to the requirements of SFAS No. 145.
Accounting for Taxes. For federal and certain state income tax purposes, after converting to limited liability companies, we and certain of our subsidiaries are not treated as separate taxpayers. Instead, our income is taxable to Southern Union. Pursuant to a tax sharing agreement with Southern Union, which is subject to modification or amendment, we will pay our share of taxes based on its taxable income, which will generally equal the liability which would have been incurred as a separate taxpayer. We will receive credit from Southern Union for differences in tax depreciation resulting from the like-kind exchange over the taxable life of the related assets, as described in note 2 (Southern Union Acquisition) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
Deferred income taxes have been provided for temporary differences. Temporary differences occur when events and transactions recognized for financial reporting result in taxable or non-taxable amounts in different periods.
Reclassifications. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified in the consolidated financial statements to conform to the current presentation.
New Accounting Standards
In addition to the accounting policies discussed above, future results may be affected by a number of new accounting standards that have recently been issued, as discussed below.
SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations": In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations ("ARO"), which is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. The standard requires legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets to be recognized at their fair value at the time that the obligations are incurred. Upon initial recognition of a liability, cost should be capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset and allocated to expense over the useful life of the asset. We adopted the new rules on asset retirement obligations on January 1, 2003. Adoption of the new rule resulted in an increase in net property, plant and equipment of $10 million, recognition of an asset retirement obligation of $6 million, and a cumulative effect of adoption that increased net income and stockholder's equity by $2 million, net of tax; and there were no settlements during the 2003 periods presented. Accretion expense during 2003 through June 11, 2003 was approximately $0.3 million, and $0.2 million for the period June 12 through September 30, 2003. Accretion expense for the first three quarters of 2002 would have been approximately $0.3 million on a pro forma basis as if the accounting pronouncement had been applied during such period.
The fair value of ARO liabilities has been calculated using an expected present value technique. This technique reflects assumptions, such as costs, inflation, and profit margin that third parties would consider in order to take on the settlement of the obligation. Fair value, to the extent possible, should include a market risk premium for unforeseeable circumstances. No market risk premium was included in our ARO fair value estimate since a reasonable estimate could not be made. If a reasonable estimate of fair value cannot be made in the period the asset retirement obligation is incurred, such as
39
assets with an indeterminate life, the liability will be recognized when a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. Generally, property such as onshore transmission assets has an indeterminate life, retirement cash flows cannot be determined and there is a low probability of a retirement date. Therefore no liability has been recorded for these assets. The initial measurement of the ARO liability for some of our offshore lateral lines is based largely on cost estimates from third parties.
The following table is a general description of the ARO and its associated long-lived assets.
|
September 30, 2003 |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARO Description |
In Service Date |
Long Lived Assets |
Amount |
||||
|
|
|
(in millions) |
||||
Retire offshore lateral lines | Various | Panhandle offshore lateral lines | $ | 9.9 |
The following table is a reconciliation of the carrying amount of the ARO.
|
|
|
September 30, 2003 ARO Liability |
|||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Acquisition Jan 1-June 11, 2003 |
Post-Acquisition June 12-September 30, 2003 |
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Pro Forma January 1, 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
ARO Description |
January 1, 2003 |
|
|
Cash Flow Revisions |
September 30, 2003 |
|||||||||||||||||
Incurred |
Settled |
Accretion |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
(in millions) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Offshore laterals | $ | 5.6 | $ | 6.0 | $ | 0.8 | | $ | 0.3 | $ | 0.2 | | $ | 7.3 |
During the second quarter of 2003, we reclassified $27 million of negative salvage previously included in accumulated depreciation to other non-current liabilities for amounts collected for asset retirement obligations on certain assets which are not recordable as SFAS No. 143 liabilities but represent other legal obligations.
SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections: Issued by the FASB on April 30, 2002, this Standard rescinds SFAS No. 4, "Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt", and SFAS No. 64, "Extinguishment of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements". As a result, any gain or loss on extinguishment of debt should be classified as an extraordinary item only if it meets the criteria set forth in Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 30, "Reporting Results of OperationsReporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions". This provision is effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. SFAS No. 145 amends SFAS No. 13, "Accounting for Leases", to require sale-leaseback accounting for certain lease modifications that have similar economic impacts to sale-leaseback transactions. This provision is effective for transactions occurring and financial statements issued after May 15, 2002. We have adopted SFAS No. 145 and the implementation resulted in a reclassification of $1 million of amounts related to debt retirements which were previously reflected as Extraordinary Gain to Other Income, Net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2002. During the third quarter of 2003, we recognized a $6.1 million ($3.7 million, net of tax) gain on debt extinguishment and is classified as Other Income, Net, pursuant to the requirements of SFAS No. 145.
SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities": Issued by the FASB in July 2002, this standard requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. SFAS No. 146 supersedes previous accounting guidance, FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)". This standard is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The scope of SFAS No.146 includes, (1) costs related to termination benefits of employees who are involuntarily terminated, (2) costs to terminate a contract
40
that is not a capital lease, and (3) costs to consolidate facilities or relocate employees. Any future exit or disposal activities that we may engage in will be subject to the provisions of this statement. We adopted SFAS No. 146 during the first quarter of 2003 and have determined the application of SFAS No. 146 has no material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based CompensationTransition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123": Issued by the FASB in December 2002, this standard provides for alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, the statement amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", to require more prominent and more frequent disclosures in financial statements about the effects of stock-based compensation. The transition guidance and annual disclosure provisions of the statement are effective as of December 31, 2002 and interim disclosure provisions are effective for interim financial reports starting in 2003. We have adopted the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation effective December 31, 2002, the amounts of which were immaterial during the fourth quarter of 2002, applying the prospective method of adoption which requires recognition of all employee awards granted, modified, or settled after the beginning of the year in which the recognition provisions are first applied. We adopted SFAS No. 148 for new awards granted since January 1, 2002, which resulted in no expense recorded during the 2003 periods presented. CMS retained financial responsibility for all stock options issued prior to June 11, 2003, and no options have been subsequently granted.
SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities": In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, which is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, with certain exceptions. The standard (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying to conform it to language used in FASB Interpretation No. 45, and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. We adopted SFAS No. 149 during the third quarter of 2003 and have determined that the application of SFAS No. 149 has no material impact on our business, financial position or results of operations.
SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity": On May 15, 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, which requires issuers to classify as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) three classes of freestanding financial instruments that embody obligations for the issuer. Generally, this statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and is otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. SFAS No. 150 has not had a significant impact on our business, financial position or results of operations.
FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others": Issued by the FASB in November 2002, the interpretation expands on existing disclosure requirements for most guarantees, and clarifies that at the time a company issues a guarantee the company must recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligations it assumes under that guarantee and must disclose that information in its interim and annual financial statements. The interpretation is effective for guarantees issued or modified on and after January 1, 2003. For contracts that are within the initial recognition and measurement provision of this interpretation, the provisions are to be applied to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Implementation of the standard had no material impact on our business, financial position or results of operations during the 2003 periods presented.
FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities": Issued by the FASB in January 2003 is an interpretation of ARB No. 51. This interpretation defines a variable interest entity as a legal entity whose equity owners do not have sufficient equity at risk and/or a controlling financial
41
interest in the entity. This standard requires a company to consolidate a variable interest entity if it is allocated a majority of the entity's losses and/or returns, including fees paid by the entity. The adoption of FIN No. 46 had no material impact on our business, financial position or results of operations.
On October 9, 2003, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position, FSP FIN No. 46-6, Effective Date of FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. This staff position deferred certain aspects of FIN No. 46 to the fourth quarter of 2003. Panhandle is in the process of studying the interpretation.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks primarily from changes in interest rates as a result of its issuance of variable-rate debt and fixed-rate debt and from interest rate swap agreements. For a discussion of our debt, see note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus. For a discussion of our interest rate swap agreements, see note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We use a combination of fixed and variable-rate debt, as well as interest rate swaps to manage and mitigate interest rate risk exposure when deemed appropriate, based on market conditions. These strategies attempt to provide and maintain the lowest cost of capital.
Our note receivable with CMS Capital utilized a variable interest rate and was subject to market changes. This note was retired in connection with the Panhandle acquisition.
Results of Operations
Net Income (Loss)
On June 11, 2003, Southern Union acquired Panhandle from CMS. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America with Panhandle allocating the purchase price paid by Southern Union to Panhandle's net assets as of the acquisition date based on preliminary estimates. Accordingly, the post-acquisition financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting and pre-acquisition period and post-acquisition period financial results (separated by a heavy black line) are presented but are not comparable. The heavy black line separating January 1 through June 11, 2003 from June 12 through September 30, 2003 relates to the Panhandle acquisition. However, since results for the matching prior year stub periods are not available the results of operations below are being presented on a combined pre-acquisition and post-acquisition basis and we view this presentation as meaningful in discussing our operating results. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their estimated fair value and are subject to further assessment and adjustment pending the results of outside appraisals of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which are expected to be completed by December 31, 2003. The most significant impacts of the new basis of accounting going forward are expected to be, based on preliminary estimates, higher depreciation expense due to the step-up of depreciable assets and assignment of purchase price to certain amortizable intangible assets, and lower interest costs (though not cash payments) for the remaining life of debt due to its revaluation and related debt premium amortization.
42
Net Income (Loss)
|
September 30, 2003 |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions) |
|||
Three month presentation | ||||
Three months ended September 30, 2003 (Post-acquisition) | $ | 20 | ||
Three months ended September 30, 2002 (Pre-acquisition) | 13 | |||
Change | $ | 7 | ||
Nine month presentation |
||||
January 1 - June 11, 2003 (Pre-acquisition) | $ | 50 | ||
June 12 - September 30, 2003 (Post-acquisition) | 25 | |||
Combined nine months ended September 30, 2003 | 75 | |||
Nine months ended September 30, 2002 (Pre-acquisition) | (315 | ) | ||
Change | $ | 390 | ||
|
Net Income (in millions) |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Reasons For The Change: |
Three Months Change |
|||
Reservation revenue | $ | 2 | ||
LNG terminalling revenue | 1 | |||
Commodity revenue | 2 | |||
Equity and other revenue | 1 | |||
Operation, maintenance and general | (3 | ) | ||
Depreciation and amortization | (3 | ) | ||
General taxes | (2 | ) | ||
Other income, net | 4 | |||
Interest expense | 9 | |||
Minority interest | 1 | |||
Income taxes | (5 | ) | ||
Total | $ | 7 | ||
43
Reasons For The Change: |
Post- Acquisition June 12- September 30, 2003 |
Pre- Acquisition January 1- June 11, 2003 |
Combined Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003 |
Pre-Acquisition Nine Months Ended September 30, 2002 |
Nine Months Change |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions) |
|||||||||||||||
Reservation revenue | $ | 97 | $ | 161 | $ | 258 | $ | 249 | $ | 9 | ||||||
LNG terminalling revenue | 19 | 27 | 46 | 44 | 2 | |||||||||||
Commodity revenue | 20 | 36 | 56 | 47 | 9 | |||||||||||
Equity and other revenue | 3 | 10 | 13 | 7 | 6 | |||||||||||
Operation, maintenance and general | (63 | ) | (91 | ) | (154 | ) | (150 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization | (20 | ) | (23 | ) | (43 | ) | (40 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||
General taxes | (9 | ) | (12 | ) | (21 | ) | (17 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||
Other income, net | 7 | 6 | 13 | 8 | 5 | |||||||||||
Interest charges | (13 | ) | (36 | ) | (49 | ) | (57 | ) | 8 | |||||||
Income taxes | (16 | ) | (30 | ) | (46 | ) | (35 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||
Minority interest | | | | (3 | ) | 3 | ||||||||||
Extraordinary item | | | | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles | | 2 | 2 | (369 | ) | 371 | ||||||||||
Total |
$ |
25 |
$ |
50 |
$ |
75 |
$ |
(315 |
) |
$ |
390 |
|||||
For the three months ended September 30, 2003, we had net income of $20 million. The increase of $7 million from the three months ended September 30, 2002 is primarily due to higher natural gas transportation volumes resulting from colder weather in 2003 and low storage volumes leading to heavier storage refill volumes being transported by customers.
For the combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, we had net income of $75 million. The increase of $390 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2002 is primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge of $601 million ($369 million after-tax) in the first quarter of 2002 which was recorded in conjunction with the adoption of SFAS No. 142 and higher natural gas transportation volumes.
Reservation Revenue: For the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, reservation revenue increased $2 million and $9 million, respectively, compared to 2002, due to higher average reservation rates realized on Panhandle due to increased demand during the period.
LNG Terminalling Revenue: For the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, LNG terminalling revenue increased $1 million and $2 million, respectively, compared to the same time period in 2002 due to higher LNG volumes on the BG LNG Services contract. Trunkline LNG's 22-year agreement with BG LNG Services for the existing uncommitted long-term capacity at the LNG facility became effective in January 2002. See note 3 (Regulatory Matters) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
Commodity Revenue: For the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, commodity revenue increased $2 million and $9 million, respectively, compared to the same time period in 2002. The change in the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003 was primarily due to an increase in commodity volumes. Volumes increased 14 percent for the months ended September 30, 2003 compared to the same time period during 2002 and 12 percent for the combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, compared to the same time period during 2002 primarily due to a colder winter in the midwest market area during the first quarter of 2003 and heavier volumes transported to fill storage in the second and third quarters of 2003.
44
Equity and Other Revenue: Equity and other revenue for the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003 increased $1 million and $6 million, respectively, compared to the same time period in 2002. The sale of Panhandle's one-third equity interest in Centennial in February 2003, which had been written down to the estimated selling price in the fourth quarter of 2002, resulted in no income recognition for the Centennial equity investment during the first quarter of 2003, while start-up related losses of $2 million and $5 million occurred during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2002, respectively. In addition, gas imbalance cash-out gains in the first quarter of 2003, recouping prior losses, were comparable to a gain of $4 million for the settlement of Order 637 matters related to capacity release and imbalance penalties during the first quarter of 2002. See note 3 (Regulatory Matters) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
Operation, Maintenance and General: Operation, maintenance and general expenses increased by $3 million and $4 million for the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, compared to the same time period during 2002, primarily due to higher benefit costs, under recovered Panhandle fuel costs and higher power and fuel costs offset partially by lower corporate charges, which were down approximately $2 million.
Depreciation and Amortization: Depreciation and amortization increased by $3 million for the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003 compared to the same time period in 2002 primarily due to the step-up of depreciable assets and assignment of purchase price to certain shorter-lived amortizable intangible assets related to the Panhandle acquisition offset partially by certain intangible assets becoming fully depreciated in March 2003.
General Taxes: General taxes increased by $2 million and $4 million for the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003 primarily due to higher franchise and payroll taxes.
Other Income, Net: Other income, net, for the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, increased $4 million and $5 million, respectively, compared to the same time period in 2002, primarily due to a $6 million gain on debt extinguishment in 2003 partially offset by a $1 million gain recorded in 2002.
Interest Charges: Interest charges for the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003 decreased $9 million and $8 million, respectively, compared to the same time period in 2002 due to elimination of interest on $129 million of long-term debt principal retired in April 2002 and May 2002, amortization of debt premiums of $4.5 million and $6.4 million for the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively, which were recorded in purchase accounting related to the Panhandle acquisition and reduced interest charges associated to the Panhandle tender offer. For further discussion of our long-term debt and guarantees, see note 7 (Commitments and ContingenciesOther Commitments and Contingencies) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
Minority Interest: Minority interest decreased $1 million and $3 million for the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively, compared to the same time period in 2002 due to our purchasing Dekatherm Investor Trust's interest in LNG Holdings, a directly and indirectly wholly- owned subsidiary of Panhandle Holdings, LLC, during November 2002 for approximately $41 million. As a result, we own 100 percent of LNG Holdings and therefore no minority interest exists subsequent to that purchase.
Income Taxes: Income taxes during the three and combined nine months ended September 30, 2003, compared to the same time period in 2002, increased $5 million and $11 million, respectively, due
45
to increases in pretax income, which reflects an effective tax rate of approximately 39 percent and 40 percent for the nine month combined periods ended September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2002, respectively.
Results Of Operations
Net Income (Loss)
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2001 |
Change |
|||||||
|
(in millions) |
|||||||||
Net Income (Loss) | $ | (300 | ) | $ | 54 | $ | (354 | ) |
Change From Prior Year |
2002 vs. 2001 |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions) |
|||
Reservation revenue | $ | (3 | ) | |
LNG terminalling revenue | (17 | ) | ||
Commodity revenue | (7 | ) | ||
Equity earnings and other revenue | (3 | ) | ||
Operation, maintenance, administrative and general | 48 | |||
Depreciation and amortization | 18 | |||
General Taxes | 5 | |||
Other income, net | (24 | ) | ||
Interest charges | 7 | |||
Minority interest | (4 | ) | ||
Income taxes | (8 | ) | ||
Extraordinary item | 3 | |||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax | (369 | ) | ||
Total change | $ | (354 | ) | |
For the year 2002, we incurred a net loss of $300 million, a decrease of $354 million from the corresponding period in 2001 due primarily to a goodwill impairment charge of $601 million ($369 million after-tax) which was recorded in compliance with SFAS No. 142. SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill no longer be amortized over an estimated useful life, but rather goodwill amounts are subject to a fair-value based impairment assessment.
Reservation Revenue: For the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, reservation revenue decreased $3 million compared to the same time period during 2001, due to the impact of Trunkline's rate settlement effective May 2001 and less capacity sold, primarily due to the conversion of Trunkline's 26-inch pipeline to liquids service after the first quarter of 2001.
LNG Terminalling Revenue: For the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, LNG terminalling revenue decreased $17 million compared to the same time period during 2001. In May 2001, Trunkline LNG signed an agreement with BG LNG Services that provides for a 22-year contract for the existing uncommitted long-term capacity at the company's facility. The 22-year contract resulted in reduced revenues from 2001 levels but we expect reduced revenue volatility going forward. The new contract, in conjunction with new rates which became effective in January 2002, along with higher natural gas prices in the first nine months of 2001, resulted in reduced revenues for Trunkline LNG from 2001 levels. See note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus for a discussion of related regulatory matters.
46
Commodity Revenue: For the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, commodity revenue decreased $7 million compared to the same time period during 2001, primarily due to decreased natural gas transportation volumes. Volumes decreased 6 percent in the twelve months of 2002 versus 2001 due to higher storage levels entering the summer months of 2002, which reduced transportation volumes to fill storage in the second and third quarters of 2002, and an unseasonably mild winter in the Midwest market area in early 2002.
Equity Earnings and Other Revenue: Equity earnings and other revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 decreased $3 million compared to the same time period during 2001. The decreases were primarily due to start-up related losses of $8 million related to the Centennial Pipeline equity investment. Other revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 includes a non-recurring gain of $4 million for the settlement of Order 637 matters related to capacity release and imbalance penalties, equaling a non-recurring gain related to the settlement of a gas purchase contract in the first quarter of 2001. See note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus for a discussion of related regulatory matters.
Operation, Maintenance, Administrative and General: Operation, maintenance, administrative and general expenses were reduced by $48 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, compared to the same time period during 2001. Our operating expenses were lower due to $23 million of lower of cost or market adjustments to our system balancing gas recorded in 2001. Expenses also decreased by $25 million compared to the same time period during 2001 due to reduced corporate charges, benefit costs and property and liability insurance costs and related losses. Benefit costs were lower due to reduced incentive plan payouts for 2001 approved in 2002, as well as no incentive plan payouts being approved by the CMS Energy Board of Directors for 2002.
Other Operating Expenses: Other operating expenses were reduced by $23 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, compared to the same time period during 2001, due to a reduction in depreciation and amortization expense of $18 million, primarily due to adoption of SFAS No. 142. SFAS No. 142 provides that goodwill is no longer subject to amortization. Instead, goodwill amounts are subject to a fair-value based impairment assessment. We have completed the initial goodwill impairment testing upon adoption of SFAS 142 which resulted in a $601 million pretax write-down ($369 million after-tax) under the new standard, restated to the first quarter of 2002, and have reflected such change as a cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill. For further information on our significant accounting policies and goodwill impairment, see note 2 and note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
Other Income, Net: Other income, net, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 decreased $24 million compared to 2001, primarily due to a $26 million pre-tax write-down of the Centennial investment in December 2002. Interest income from CMS Capital was flat with 2001 at $9 million.
Interest Charges: Interest charges for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, compared to the same time period during 2001, were reduced by $7 million primarily due to $319 million of reductions of long-term debt principal in December 2001, April 2002 and May 2002, partially offset by additional debt of LNG Holdings. In March 2002, we executed a fixed-to-floating interest rate swap with notional amounts totaling $175 million related to existing notes to take advantage of lower short-term interest rates, which reduced interest expense on our consolidated income statement compared to the prior year. In June 2002, the swaps were unwound to monetize an increase in the market value of the fixed to floating rate position. The resulting cash gain of approximately $3 million is being amortized to income through the second and third quarters of 2004, which are the maturity dates of the original debt instruments that were hedged. Interest cost decreases due to reductions in
47
debt principal and amortization of the gain on the swaps unwind were partially offset by credit fees and other interest charges of $3 million during 2002 related to Centennial, Guardian and LNG Holdings. For further discussion of our long-term debt and guarantees, see note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
Minority Interest: Minority interest increased $4 million due to an interest in LNG Holdings being held by a third party from December 2001 until November 2002.
Income Taxes: Income taxes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, compared to the same time period during 2001, increased $8 million due to corresponding changes in pretax income.
Results Of Operations
Net Income
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001 |
2000 |
Change |
|||||||
|
(in millions) |
|||||||||
Net Income | $ | 54 | $ | 64 | $ | (10 | ) |
For the year 2001, net income was $54 million, a decrease of $10 million from the corresponding period in 2000 due primarily to lower reservation revenues, higher operating expenses, and an extraordinary loss on debt extinguishment in 2001, partially offset by higher LNG terminalling revenues in 2001. Total natural gas volumes delivered for the year 2001 decreased 3 percent from 2000 primarily due to lower transportation volumes for Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line.
Pretax Operating Income
Change From Prior Year |
2001 vs. 2000 |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions) |
|||
Reservation revenue | $ | (11 | ) | |
LNG terminalling revenue | 35 | |||
Commodity revenue | 9 | |||
Other revenue | (2 | ) | ||
Operations, maintenance | (26 | ) | ||
Administration and general | (13 | ) | ||
Depreciation and amortization | (4 | ) | ||
General taxes | (4 | ) | ||
Total change | $ | (16 | ) | |
Reservation Revenue: For the twelve months ended December 31, 2001, reservation revenues were lower, continuing a trend from prior years.
LNG Terminalling Revenue: For the twelve months ended December 31, 2001, LNG terminalling revenues increased $35 million from the corresponding period in 2000 due primarily to increased LNG demand due to extremely high gas prices in early 2001.
Operation, Maintenance, Administrative and General: Operation, maintenance, administrative and general expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001, increased $39 million from the corresponding period in 2000 due primarily to $23 million of lower of cost or market adjustments to
48
our current supply of system gas, higher corporate charges, insurance costs and expenses for twelve months in 2001 for Sea Robin versus only ten months in 2000.
Commitments and Contingencies
Capital Expenditures
We estimate our expenditures associated with the LNG terminal expansion to be $22 million for the remainder of 2003, $65 million in 2004 and $28 million in 2005. These estimates were developed for budgetary planning purposes and are subject to revision.
Litigation
We are involved in legal, tax and regulatory proceedings before various courts, regulatory commissions and governmental agencies regarding matters arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which involve substantial amounts. Where appropriate, we have made accruals in accordance with SFAS No. 5 in order to provide for such matters. Our management believes the final disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Environmental Matters
Our interstate natural gas transportation operations are subject to federal, state and local regulations regarding water quality, air emissions, hazardous and solid waste disposal and other environmental matters.
We have identified environmental contamination at certain sites on our gas transmission systems and have undertaken cleanup programs at these sites. The contamination resulted from the past use of lubricants containing polychlorinated bi-phenyls ("PCBs") in compressed air systems; the past use of paints containing PCBs; and the prior use of wastewater collection facilities and other on-site disposal areas. We have developed and are implementing a program to remediate such contamination in accordance with federal, state and local regulations. Some remediation is being performed by former affiliates of ours in accordance with indemnity agreements that also indemnify against certain future environmental litigation and claims.
As part of the cleanup program resulting from contamination due to the use of lubricants containing PCBs in compressed air systems, Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line and Trunkline have identified PCB levels above acceptable levels inside the auxiliary buildings that house the air compressor equipment at thirty-two compressor station sites. We have developed and are implementing a United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") approved process to remediate this PCB contamination in accordance with federal, state and local regulations. Two sites have been decontaminated per the EPA approved process as prescribed in the EPA regulations.
At some locations, PCBs have been identified in paint that was applied many years ago. In accordance with EPA regulations, we are implementing a program to remediate sites where such issues have been identified during painting activities. If PCBs are identified above acceptable levels, the paint is removed and disposed of in an EPA-approved manner. Approximately 15 percent of the paint projects in the last few years have required this special procedure.
The Illinois Environmental Protection Agency ("Illinois EPA") notified Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line and Trunkline, together with other non-affiliated parties, of contamination at three former waste oil disposal sites in Illinois. We and 21 other non-affiliated parties conducted an initial voluntary investigation of one of the sites, located in the city of Springfield. Based on the information found during the initial investigation, we and the 21 other non-affiliated parties have decided to further delineate the extent of contamination by authorizing a Phase II investigation at this site. Once data from the Phase II investigation is evaluated, we and the 21 other non-affiliated parties will determine what additional actions will be taken. Since these events, Panhandle has learned that Illinois EPA has transferred this site to the EPA. Further discussion with the EPA is scheduled in December 2003 to discuss future plans for the site. Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line's and Trunkline's estimated share for the costs of assessment and remediation of the sites, based on the volume of waste sent to the facilities, is approximately 17 percent.
49
We expect these cleanup programs to continue for several years and estimate our share of remaining cleanup costs not indemnified by Duke Energy Corporation ("Duke Energy"), a non-affiliated company, to range from $11 million to $18 million. We have accrued approximately $15 million of such costs, of which $4 million is included in Other Current Liabilities for the estimated current amounts and $11 million is included in Other Non-current Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2003. At December 31, 2002, we had $4 million included in Other Current Liabilities and $18 million included in Other Non-current Liabilities.
Air Quality Control
In 1998, the EPA issued a final rule on regional ozone control that requires us to place controls on engines in five Midwestern states. The part of the rule that affects us was challenged in court by various states, industry and other interests, including Interstate Natural Gas Association of America ("INGAA"), an industry group to which we belong. In March 2000, the court upheld most aspects of the EPA's rule, but agreed with INGAA's position and remanded to the EPA the sections of the rule that affected us. The final rule is expected no earlier than early 2004. Based on an EPA guidance document negotiated with gas industry representatives in 2002, it is believed that we will be required to reduce nitrogen oxide ("Nox") emissions by 82% on the identified large internal combustion ("IC") engines and will be able to trade off engines within a company and State in an effort to create a cost effective Nox reduction solution. The implementation date is expected to be May 2007. The rule impacts 20 large internal combustion engines on the Panhandle system in Illinois and Indiana at an estimated cost of $17 million for capital improvements through 2007, based on current projections.
In 2002, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality enacted the Houston/Galveston SIP regulations requiring reductions in nitrogen oxide emissions in an eight-county area surrounding Houston. Trunkline's Cypress compressor station is affected and may require the installation of emission controls. In 2003, the new regulations will also require all certain grandfathered facilities to enter into a new source permit program which may require the installation of emission controls at five additional facilities. The rule affects six company facilities in Texas at an estimated cost of $12 million for capital improvements through 2007, based on current projections.
EPA proposed various Maximum Achievable Control Technology ("MACT") rules in late 2002 and early 2003. The rules require that Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line and Trunkline control Hazardous Air Pollutants ("HAPS") emitted from major sources by 90% of carbon monoxide ("CO") emissions. Most of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line and Trunkline compressor stations are major sources. The HAP's pollutant of concern for Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line and Trunkline is formaldehyde. As proposed, the rule seeks to reduce CO emissions as a surrogate for formaldehyde. For IC engines, the control technology would be the use of non-selective catalytic reduction catalysts and the expected implementation date is February 2007. For turbines, the control technology would be the use of oxidation catalysts and the expected implementation date is December 2007. Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line and Trunkline have 28 IC engines and two turbines subject to the rules. It is expected that compliance with these regulations will cost an estimated $8 million, based on current projections.
Retirement Benefits
Until June 11, 2003, we, through our former parent company, participated in a non-contributory defined benefit retirement plan which covered most employees with a minimum of one year vesting service and provided additional retirement benefits under a number of different plans, including certain health care and life insurance under OPEB, benefits to certain management employees under SERP, and benefits to substantially all our employees under a defined benefit pension plan and a defined contribution 401(k) plan. No portion of the assets or liabilities related to the defined benefit retirement plan and OPEB plan was transferred in the Panhandle acquisition. Our employees, following the Panhandle acquisition, are no longer eligible to accrue benefits or make contributions to these plans.
50
Following the Panhandle acquisition, we instituted certain retiree, health care and life insurance benefits under OPEB and added certain benefits to substantially all of our employees under a defined contribution 401(k) plan. We now offer a contribution match of 50 percent of the employee's contribution up to four percent of salary; therefore our contribution is limited to two percent of such employee's salary. We also make additional contributions ranging from 4 to 6 percent of the employee's eligible pay based on age and years of service. We have generally retained the same active employee health insurance benefits that were offered prior to the Panhandle acquisition. The new OPEB plan resulted in the recording of a $43 million liability as of June 11, 2003 and we continue to fund the plan at approximately $8 million per year. Since retirement eligible active employees have primary coverage through a benefit they are eligible to receive from CMS, no liability is currently recognized for these employees under the new Panhandle plan.
Other Commitments and Contingencies
In 1993, the U.S. Department of the Interior announced its intention to seek, through its Minerals Management Service ("MMS"), additional royalties from gas producers as a result of payments received by such producers in connection with past take-or-pay settlements and buyouts and buydowns of gas sales contracts with natural gas pipelines. Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line and Trunkline, with respect to certain producer contract settlements, may be contractually required to reimburse or, in some instances, to indemnify producers against such royalty claims. The potential liability of the producers to the government and of the pipelines to the producers involves complex issues of law and fact, which are likely to take substantial time to resolve. If required to reimburse or indemnify the producers, Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line and Trunkline may file with FERC to recover a portion of these costs from pipeline customers. Our management believes these commitments and contingencies will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
In conjunction with Panhandle acquisition, we initiated a workforce reduction initiative designed to reduce the workforce by approximately 5 percent. The workforce reduction initiative was an involuntary plan with a voluntary component, and was fully implemented by the end of the third quarter of 2003. Total estimated workforce reduction initiative costs are approximately $9 million which are a portion of the $30 million of additional transaction costs incurred. See note 2 (Southern Union Acquisition) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus
Hope Land Mineral Corporation contends that it owns the storage rights to property that contains a portion of our Howell storage field. During June 2003, the Michigan Court of Appeals reversed the trial court's previous order, which had granted summary judgment in favor of us and dismissed the case. We filed an appeal of the Court of Appeals order with the Michigan Supreme Court. We do not believe the outcome of this case will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
On September 10, 2003, we provided a guarantee to CB&I Constructors, Inc., for the full performance by Trunkline LNG, our subsidiary, of the engineering, procurement and construction contract (the "contract") between Trunkline LNG and CB&I Constructors, Inc. The contract is for the construction of the expansion of the Trunkline LNG Lake Charles facility, and covers approximately $90 million of the remaining cost of the expansion over the next three years. Under the terms of the guarantee, we would be required to perform should Trunkline LNG be in default of its obligation, as it relates to services already rendered. The terms of this guarantee, in general, coincides with the terms of the underlying agreement. There are no amounts being carried as liabilities for our obligations under these guarantees.
51
Liquidity And Capital Resources
Operating Activities
Available sources of liquidity, including new borrowings from capital markets are expected to cover the refinance obligations of existing debt, of which $146 million of principal matures in March 2004 and an additional $52 million matures in August 2004. Based on our current level of operations, management believes that cash flow from operations and available cash will be adequate to meet other liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months, although no assurances can be given as to the sufficiency of cash flows or the ability to refinance existing obligations. Future operating performance and ability to extend or refinance our indebtedness will be dependent on future economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control. See "Risk Factors."
Investing Activities
Historically, our capital requirements have generally been satisfied through operating cash flow, except that we rely on access to capital markets for refinancing maturing debt and extraordinary capital expenditures. Capital expenditures associated with the Lake Charles LNG terminal expansion are estimated to be $22 million for the remainder of 2003, $65 million in 2004 and $28 million in 2005. These estimates have been developed for budget planning purposes and are subject to revision.
Financing Activities
In June and July of 2002, the major debt ratings services lowered their ratings on our senior unsecured debt from BBB to BB based on concerns surrounding the liquidity and debt levels of CMS, our former indirect parent. Following the Panhandle acquisition, Fitch Ratings, Inc. and Standard & Poors restored our ratings to BBB and Moody's raised its rating on Panhandle to Baa3. Our senior unsecured note provisions are not directly impacted by debt rating changes, but are subject to other requirements such as the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio and a leverage ratio which restrict certain payments if not maintained and limitations on liens. At September 30, 2003, we were subject to a $114 million limitation on additional restricted payments, including dividends and loans to affiliates. At September 30, 2003, we were in compliance with all covenants.
At September 30, 2003, we had scheduled debt payments of $3 million, $210 million, $13 million, $14 million, $232 million and $749 million for the remainder of 2003 and for the years 2004 through 2007 and thereafter, respectively.
Based on the terms of an agreement between Southern Union and the Missouri Public Service Commission ("MPSC"), Southern Union is prohibited from making loans to or investing additional funds in us or providing any guarantees of our obligations without prior approval by the MPSC. See "Southern Union Acquisition and Restructuring."
In July 2003, we announced the Panhandle tender offer for any and all of the $747 million outstanding principal amount of five of our series of existing notes outstanding at that point in time and also the Panhandle redemption which called for the redemption of all of the outstanding $135 million principal amount of our two series of the redeemed debentures that were outstanding. We repurchased approximately $378 million of the principal amount of our outstanding debt through the Panhandle tender offer for total consideration of approximately $396 million including accrued interest through the purchase date. We redeemed approximately $135 million of the redeemed debentures for total consideration of $139 million including the specified call premium, including accrued interest through the redemption dates. As a result of these transactions, we recorded a pre-tax gain on the extinguishment of debt of approximately $6.1 million ($3.7 million, net of tax) in the third quarter of 2003 due to increases in interest rates subsequent to the acquisition date, which has been classified as Other Income, Net, pursuant to the requirements of SFAS No. 145. In August 2003, we issued
52
$550 million of new five and ten year senior notes principally to refinance the existing notes and redeemed debentures. Also in August and September 2003, we repurchased $3.2 million principal amount of our existing notes on the open market through two transactions for total consideration of $3.4 million, including accrued interest through the repurchase date. Listed below are the principal amounts of existing notes tendered and purchased (less premiums) as of August 14, 2003.
Existing Notes |
Principal Amount Tendered and Purchased (less premiums) |
||
---|---|---|---|
6.125% senior notes due 3/15/04 | $ | 144,420,000 | |
7.875% senior notes due 8/15/04 | $ | 47,545,000 | |
6.500% senior notes due 7/15/09 | $ | 98,357,000 | |
8.250% senior notes due 4/1/10, series B | $ | 18,350,000 | |
7.000% senior notes due 7/15/29 | $ | 69,585,000 |
On September 10, 2003, we provided a guarantee to CB&I Constructors, Inc. for the full performance by Trunkline LNG, its subsidiary, of the contract between Trunkline LNG and CB&I Constructors, Inc. See note 7 (Commitments and Contingencies) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus
Other Matters
Customer Concentration
For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, sales to Proliance Energy, LLC, a nonaffiliated local distribution marketer company and gas marketer, accounted for 16 percent of our consolidated revenues.
Sales to BG LNG Services, a nonaffiliated gas marketer, accounted for 16 percent, and sales to subsidiaries of CMS, the former indirect parent, also accounted for 13 percent of our consolidated revenues. No other customer accounted for 10 percent or more of consolidated revenues during the same period. Aggregate sales to our top 10 customers accounted for 71 percent of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2003.
During the first nine months of 2002, sales to Proliance Energy, LLC accounted for 15 percent of our consolidated revenues, sales to BG LNG Services LLC accounted for 13 percent and sales to subsidiaries of CMS Energy accounted for 13 percent of our consolidated revenues. No other customer accounted for 10 percent or more of consolidated revenues during the same period. Aggregate sales to our top 10 customers accounted for 67 percent of revenues during the first nine months of 2002.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Aggregate Contractual Obligations
The Commission has adopted new rules that require companies to provide, in a separate captioned subsection of the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations," a comprehensive explanation of its off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on the company that is material to investors. As of December 31, 2002, we had guarantees related to the Centennial and Guardian pipeline projects of $50 million and $60 million, respectively, and a letter of credit for $63 million supporting the Guardian guarantee. We have since been released from these guarantees and the letter of credit obligation has been transferred to CMS Gas Transmission. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources."
53
Contractual Commitments
We have contractual obligations with regard to future payments of operating leases and natural gas storage service. The following table summarizes our expected contractual obligations and commitments at September 30, 2003.
|
Remainder 2003 |
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2007 |
Thereafter |
Total |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in millions) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Operating Leases(1) | $ | 3 | $ | 12 | $ | 11 | $ | 10 | $ | 3 | $ | 4 | $ | 43 | |||||||
Storage contracts(2) | $ | 3 | $ | 10 | $ | 9 | $ | 9 | $ | 9 | $ | 64 | $ | 104 | |||||||
Total | $ | 6 | $ | 22 | $ | 20 | $ | 19 | $ | 12 | $ | 68 | $ | 147 | |||||||
Cash Management
FERC issued Order No. 634, effective December 1, 2003. Order No. 634 requires all FERC-regulated entities that participate in cash management programs (i) to establish and file with FERC for public review written cash management procedures including specification of duties and responsibilities of cash management program participants and administrators, specification of the methods for calculating interest and allocation of interest income and expenses, and specification of any restrictions on deposits or borrowings by participants, and (ii) to document monthly cash management activity. Order No. 634 also requires a FERC-regulated entity to notify FERC within 45 days when its proprietary capital ratio falls below 30 percent or subsequently returns to or exceeds 30 percent. In compliance with FERC Order No. 634, we filed our cash management plan with FERC on December 11, 2003.
New FERC Reporting Requirements
On June 29, 2003, the FERC proposed substantial new quarterly reporting requirements for each FERC-regulated entity. The Notice of Proposed Rulemaking ("NOPR") is proposed to be effective for reporting first quarter 2004 results. We are currently studying the implications of the NOPR to Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line, Trunkline, Trunkline LNG, Sea Robin and Southwest Gas Storage.
Marketing Affiliate Notice Of Proposed Rulemaking
In September 2001, the FERC issued a NOPR proposing to apply the standards of conduct governing the relationship between interstate pipelines and marketing affiliates to all energy affiliates. The proposed regulations, if adopted by the FERC, would dictate how energy affiliates conduct business and interact with interstate pipelines. At this time, we cannot predict the outcome of the NOPR, but adoption of the regulations in their proposed form would, at a minimum, result in additional administrative and operational burdens.
Pipeline Safety Notice Of Proposed Rulemaking
On December 12, 2003 the Office of Pipeline Safety of the U.S. Department of Transportation issued a final rule entitled, "Pipeline Integrity Management in High Consequence Areas." The new rule requires pipeline operators to develop integrity management programs to comprehensively evaluate their pipelines, and take measures to protect pipeline segments located in what the notice refers to as "high consequence areas." The proposed rule resulted from the enactment of the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, a new bill signed into law in December 2002. Although we cannot predict
54
the actual costs of compliance with this rule, we do not expect the order to have a material effect on us.
Controlled Group Pension Liabilities
Southern Union (including certain of its divisions) sponsors a number of defined benefit pension plans arising from any of its (including any of its present or former divisions) or a predecessor's business at some time before or when Southern Union acquired us. Under applicable pension and tax laws, upon being acquired by Southern Union, each of us and our subsidiaries became a member of Southern Union's "controlled group" with respect to those plans, and, along with Southern Union and any other members of that group, is jointly and severally liable for any failure by Southern Union (along with any other persons that may be or become a sponsor of any such plan) to fund any of these pension plans or to pay any unfunded liabilities that these plans may have if they are ever terminated. In addition, if any of the obligations of any of these pension plans is not paid when due, a lien in favor of that plan or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation may be created against the assets of each member of Southern Union's controlled group, including us and each of our subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2003, the aggregate amount of the projected benefit obligations of these pension plans was approximately $337 million and the estimated fair value of all of the assets of these plans was approximately $237 million.
55
The following discussion highlights certain important facts regarding us, our subsidiaries and our current and proposed business activities.
Overview
We operate a large natural gas pipeline network, consisting of over 10,000 miles of pipeline and a LNG regasification plant. The pipeline network, consisting of the Panhandle transmission system, the Trunkline Gas Company transmission system and the Sea Robin transmission system, provides over 500 customers in the Midwest and Southwest with a comprehensive array of transportation and storage services. Our pipeline network transports an estimated 6% of the natural gas consumed in the United States and an estimated 20% of the natural gas consumed in the Midwest. Our major customers include 25 utilities located primarily in the United States Midwest market area, which encompasses large portions of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio and Tennessee. We refer to the pipeline businesses of Panhandle and our subsidiary, Trunkline Gas Company, LLC, as the "interstate transmission and storage operations."
Interstate Transmission and Storage Operations
Our interstate transmission and storage operations have approximately 10,400 miles of pipeline in the United States. With approximately 6,500 miles of pipeline, our Panhandle natural gas transmission system consists of four large diameter pipelines extending approximately 1,300 miles from producing areas in the Anadarko Basin of Texas, Oklahoma and Kansas through the states of Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, Ohio and into Michigan. Our Trunkline transmission system consists of two large diameter pipelines with an aggregate of approximately 3500 miles of pipeline which extend approximately 1,400 miles from the Gulf Coast areas of Texas and Louisiana through the states of Arkansas, Mississippi, Tennessee, Kentucky, Illinois and Indiana to a point on the Indiana-Michigan border. Our Sea Robin transmission system consists of two offshore Louisiana natural gas supply systems and is comprised of approximately 432 miles of pipeline extending approximately 81 miles into the Gulf of Mexico.
In connection with our gas transmission systems, we own and operate 47 compressor stations and have five gas storage fields located in Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan and Oklahoma with an aggregate storage capacity of approximately 72 bcf. We also have contracts with third parties for approximately 18 billion cubic feet of storage for a total of approximately 90 billion cubic feet of total storage available.
A significant portion of our revenue comes from long-term service agreements with local distribution company customers and their affiliates. We also provide firm transportation services under contract to gas marketers, producers, other pipelines, electric power generators and a variety of end-users. In addition, the pipelines offer both firm and interruptible transportation to customers on a short-term or seasonal basis. Demand for gas transmission on our pipeline systems is seasonal, with the highest throughput and a higher portion of revenues occurring during the colder period in the first and fourth quarters. We derive our natural gas supply from an estimated 2.5 Bcf/d of supply sourced from various locations and suppliers on our Midcontinent system, in addition to supply from the offshore Gulf Coast, Gulf of Mexico and imports through Trunkline LNG.
LNG Business
Through our subsidiary, Trunkline LNG Company, LLC, we own a liquefied natural gas terminal in Lake Charles, Louisiana. Our LNG plant has a sustainable send out capacity of approximately 630 million cubic feet per day and is one of the largest operating LNG facilities in North America. As a liquid, natural gas can be cost efficiently stored and transported in LNG ocean tankers. Through the
56
process of regasification, LNG terminals return liquefied natural gas to a gaseous state for delivery into the interstate pipeline system.
In May 2001, Trunkline LNG signed an agreement with BG Group plc that provides for a 22-year contract, beginning January 2002, for all the uncommitted capacity at the Lake Charles, Louisiana facility, up to the total storage capacity of 6.3 Bcf and sustainable send out deliverability of approximately 630 MMcfd. Trunkline LNG's peak rate send out capability is 1,000 MMcfd. Rates applicable under the BG contract are subject to a moratorium with BG LNG Services through 2015.
In October 2001, Trunkline LNG announced the planned expansion of the Lake Charles facility to provide an additional 3.0 Bcf of storage capacity and an additional 570 MMcfd of deliverability. The facility will have a total of approximately 1.2 Bcf per day of send out capacity upon completion of the expansion. This additional capacity has also been contracted by BG Group. In December 2002, FERC approved the expansion of the LNG regasification terminal. The expanded facility is currently expected to be in operation by January 2006. For a discussion of our capital expenditures in connection with this expansion, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity."
Competition
Interstate transmission and storage operations.
The interstate gas pipeline business is highly competitive. Within the gas pipeline business, our competitors include major pipeline companies which may be larger and possess greater resources. Our interstate pipelines compete with other interstate and intrastate pipeline companies in the transportation and storage of natural gas. The principal elements of competition among pipelines are rates, terms of service and flexibility and reliability of service. We compete directly with Alliance Pipeline LP, ANR Pipeline Company, Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America, Northern Border Pipeline Company, Texas Gas Transmission Corporation, Northern Natural Gas Company and Vector Pipeline in the Midwest market area.
Natural gas competes with other forms of energy available to our customers and end-users, including electricity, coal and fuel oils. The primary competitive factor is price. Changes in the availability or price of natural gas and other forms of energy, the level of business activity, conservation, legislation and governmental regulations, the capability to convert to alternative fuels and other factors, including weather and natural gas storage levels, affect the demand for natural gas in the areas we serve.
LNG operations.
Trunkline LNG is a supplier of liquefied natural gas regasification service and, as such, is in direct competition with other LNG terminals and natural gas production areas.
Regulation
Under the Natural Gas Act and, to a lesser extent, the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978, FERC regulates both the performance of interstate transportation and storage services by interstate natural gas pipeline companies and the rates charged for such services. As such, FERC has comprehensive jurisdiction over us and our subsidiaries as natural gas companies within the meaning of the Natural Gas Act. FERC jurisdiction relates, among other things, to the acquisition, operation and disposal of assets and facilities and to the service provided and rates charged.
FERC has authority to regulate rates and charges for both transportation and storage of natural gas in interstate commerce. FERC also has authority over the construction and operation of pipeline and related facilities utilized in the transportation and sale of natural gas in interstate commerce,
57
including the extension, enlargement or abandonment of service using such facilities. We and our subsidiaries hold certificates of public convenience and necessity issued by FERC, authorizing them to construct and operate the pipelines, facilities and properties now in operation for which such certificates are required, and to transport and store natural gas in interstate commerce.
With the adoption of FERC Order No. 636 in April 1992 FERC required interstate natural gas pipelines that perform open access transportation under blanket certificates to "unbundle" or separate their traditional merchant sales services from their transportation and storage services and to provide comparable transportation and storage services with respect to all natural gas supplies, whether the natural gas is purchased from the pipeline or from other merchants such as marketers or producers. Each interstate natural gas pipeline must now separately state the applicable rates for each unbundled service.
For a discussion of certain FERC orders affecting us, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCash Management" and note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
On November 25, 2003, FERC issued a final rule, Order No. 2004, adopting new standards of conduct to apply uniformly to natural gas pipelines and transmitting public electric utilities (collectively, "Transmission Providers"). These standards of conduct govern the relationship between Transmission Providers and their energy affiliates and are designed to prevent Transmission Providers from giving their energy affiliates unduly preferential treatment. The standards of conduct are also designed to ensure that Transmission Providers offer service to all customers on a non-discriminatory basis. We are considered a Transmission Provider under the new standards of conduct and we may have energy affiliates subject to the restrictions contained therein. All Transmission Providers must comply with the new standards of conduct by June 1, 2004.
Other Regulation
The Secretary of Energy regulates the importation and exportation of natural gas and has delegated various aspects of this jurisdiction to FERC and the DOE's Office of Fossil Fuels.
We are also subject to the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 and the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, which regulates the safety of gas pipelines. In addition, we are subject to the Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act of 1979, which regulates oil and petroleum pipelines.
In 2002, the U.S. Congress enacted the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act ("PSIA"). The PSIA has made numerous changes to pipeline safety law, the most significant of which is the requirement that operators of pipeline facilities implement written pipeline integrity management programs. Such programs must include a baseline integrity assessment of each transmission facility, which must be completed within 10 years of the enactment of the PSIA. We are subject to the PSIA. We anticipate that compliance with the PSIA and related regulations, the latest of which was issued December 12, 2003, will result in increased costs. However, based on current information, we do not expect these costs to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Employees
At September 30, 2003, we had over 1,000 full-time equivalent employees. Of these employees, at least 230 were represented by the Paper, Allied-Industrial Chemical and Energy Workers International Union, AFL-CIO, CLC. In June 2003, we entered into a new agreement with this union that expires in May 2006. The new agreement caps wage increases at 3% annually.
58
Insurance
We maintain insurance coverage provided under our policies or policies of Southern Union similar to other comparable companies in the same lines of business. The insurance policies are subject to terms, conditions, limitations and exclusions that might not fully compensate us for all losses. Furthermore, as we renew our policies, it is possible that full insurance coverage may not be obtainable on commercially reasonable terms due to the recent increasingly restrictive insurance markets.
Legal Proceedings
We are involved in legal, tax and regulatory proceedings before various courts, regulatory commissions and governmental agencies regarding matters arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which involve substantial amounts. Where appropriate, we have made accruals in accordance with SFAS No. 5 in order to provide for such matters. Management believes the final disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Environmental
Our interstate natural gas transportation operations are subject to federal, state and local regulations, including with respect to air and water pollution control, hazardous and solid waste management, remediation of currently or formerly owned or operated sites and third party waste disposal sites and other matters. Our current insurance coverages do not extend to certain environmental clean-up costs such as claims for air pollution, some past PCB contamination and for some long-term storage or disposal of pollutants. However, we do not anticipate that compliance with federal, state and local provisions regulating the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise protecting the environment will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For a discussion of environmental matters affecting us, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCommitments and Contingencies," note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and note 7 of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003 which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
59
SOUTHERN UNION ACQUISITION AND RESTRUCTURING OF PANHANDLE
On June 11, 2003, Southern Union acquired us from CMS Energy Corporation for approximately $582 million in cash and three million shares of Southern Union common stock (before adjustment for subsequent stock dividends) valued at approximately $49 million based on market prices at closing and in connection therewith incurred transaction costs estimated at approximately $30 million. Southern Union also incurred additional deferred state income tax liabilities estimated at $18 million as a result of the transaction. At the time of the Panhandle acquisition, we had approximately $1.159 billion of debt outstanding that we retained. Southern Union funded the cash portion of the Panhandle acquisition with approximately $437 million in cash proceeds it received for the January 1, 2003 sale of its Texas operations, approximately $121 million of the net proceeds it received from concurrent common stock and equity units offerings and with working capital available to Southern Union. Southern Union structured the Panhandle acquisition and the sale of its Texas operations in a manner intended to qualify as a like-kind exchange of property under Section 1031 of the Code. Southern Union deferred much of the capital gains tax that it would otherwise have incurred from the sale of its Texas operations. If the IRS were to successfully deny the applicability of Section 1031, Southern Union could be required to pay approximately $80 million of additional income tax (before interest or penalty) for the 2003 taxable year. In those circumstances, Southern Union expects that it would be entitled over time to additional depreciation deductions with respect to our assets as a result of the higher tax basis in such assets that would exist if the benefits of Section 1031 were not available. We and five of our subsidiaries as well as the Southern Union subsidiary that became our direct parent upon consummation of the Panhandle acquisition converted from Delaware corporations to Delaware limited liability companies in June 2003.
Under the terms of the Panhandle sale agreement, CMS was entitled to retain our ownership interests in and obligations associated with the Centennial and Guardian pipeline projects, as well as certain of our net deferred tax assets, all tax liabilities, and pension and other post-retirement assets and liabilities. In accordance with the agreement, we disposed of our interest in Centennial and Guardian and the Guardian related cash collateral has been transferred to CMS. The note receivable from CMS Capital was eliminated in the sale as the purchase by Southern Union from CMS included the offsetting note payable of CMS Capital and thus the note was eliminated in pushdown accounting. For further information, see note 5 (Related Party Transactions) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. On March 1, 2003, certain assets previously held by CMS with a net book value of $15 million were contributed to us by CMS and so was included in the Southern Union purchase.
The Panhandle acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted within the United States of America with our allocating the purchase price paid by Southern Union to our net assets as of the Panhandle acquisition date based on preliminary estimates. Accordingly, the post-acquisition financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting and pre-acquisition period and post-acquisition period financial results (separated by a heavy black line) are presented but are not comparable. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their estimated fair value and are subject to further assessment and adjustment pending the results of third party appraisals of the assets and liabilities.
In order to obtain the consents required to consummate the Panhandle acquisition from the Federal Trade Commission and the Missouri Attorney General, Southern Union agreed not to acquire any ownership interest in, or have any management relationship with, the Southern Star Central pipeline, which is currently owned by Southern Star Central Gas Corp. Southern Union also agreed not to enter into any transaction which permits American International Group ("AIG") or any entity controlled by AIG to acquire any ownership interest in Southern Union, Panhandle or the Panhandle pipeline. In addition, the consent decree with the Missouri Attorney General and a stipulation and
60
order of the Missouri Public Service Commission incorporate certain protocols regarding the relationship between us and Missouri Gas Energy, a division of Southern Union that operates a natural gas utility serving Kansas City and other, smaller communities in western Missouri. Among other things, Southern Union Company agreed not to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any of our debt or other securities. Currently, we supply less than ten percent of Missouri Gas Energy Division's total gas delivery requirements. Missouri Gas Energy Division's volumes on our pipeline represent less than one percent of the total volume of that pipeline's business. Each of the decrees requires Southern Union to make annual reports detailing its compliance with the terms of the decrees over their ten-year terms.
In conjunction with the Panhandle acquisition, we initiated a workforce reduction initiative designed to reduce the workforce by approximately 5 percent. The workforce reduction initiative was an involuntary plan with a voluntary component, and was fully implemented by the end of the third quarter of 2003. Total estimated workforce reduction initiative costs are approximately $9 million which are a portion of the $30 million of additional transaction costs incurred. See note 2 (Southern Union Acquisition) of our condensed notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) included in our Form 10-Q which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
In August 2003, we consummated the Panhandle tender offer, which was our offer to purchase for cash our existing notes identified below. Also set forth below is a summary showing the principal amount of each series of existing notes tendered in the Panhandle tender offer as of August 14, 2003. Based on the aggregate principal amount of existing notes tendered and purchased, the aggregate amount paid on August 18, 2003 to the holders of existing notes tendered was $396,445,462, including premium and accrued interest through the purchase date.
Existing Notes |
Outstanding Principal Amount As Of June 30, 2003 |
Principal Amount Tendered and Purchased (less premiums) |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
6.125% senior notes due 3/15/04 | $ | 292,500,000 | $ | 144,420,000 | ||
7.875% senior notes due 8/15/04 | $ | 100,000,000 | $ | 47,545,000 | ||
6.500% senior notes due 7/15/09 | $ | 158,980,000 | $ | 98,357,000 | ||
8.250% senior notes due 4/1/10, series B | $ | 60,000,000 | $ | 18,350,000 | ||
7.000% senior notes due 7/15/29 | $ | 135,890,000 | $ | 69,585,000 |
In addition, we consummated the Panhandle redemption with respect to our redeemed debentures identified below. Our August 12 redemption was funded by internally generated funds and by the proceeds of an intercompany loan of $42 million from one of our non-regulated affiliates. We financed our August 15 redemption using funds advanced under a $60 million bridge credit agreement entered into with affiliates of the joint book-running managers of the original notes offering. We repaid all of the interim financing with a portion of the proceeds from the original notes offering. The aggregate amount paid to holders of redeemed debentures in the Panhandle redemption, including accrued interest, was approximately $144 million.
Redeemed Debentures |
Principal Amount Outstanding as of June 30, 2003 |
Redemption Date |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
7.950% debentures due 3/15/23 | $ | 76,500,000 | August 12, 2003 | ||
7.200% debentures due 8/15/24 | $ | 58,000,000 | August 15, 2003 |
We reduced our cash interest expense by refinancing the indebtedness evidenced by any existing notes that we purchased and the redeemed debentures. We funded our purchase of the existing notes that were tendered to us and refinanced the interim financing that was used to redeem the redeemed debentures with a portion of the proceeds we received from the original notes offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
61
Managers and Executive Officers
Our managers and executive officers are as follows:
Name |
Age |
Position |
||
---|---|---|---|---|
Thomas F. Karam | 45 | Manager and Chief Executive Officer | ||
George L. Lindemann | 67 | Manager | ||
John E. Brennan | 57 | Manager | ||
David W. Stevens | 44 | President and Chief Operating Officer | ||
David J. Kvapil | 49 | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||
Dennis K. Morgan | 56 | Executive Vice President and Secretary | ||
Jeryl L. Mohn | 52 | Senior Vice PresidentOperations | ||
Robert O. Bond | 44 | Senior Vice PresidentMarketing | ||
André C. Bouchard | 38 | Vice PresidentAdministration, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary | ||
Gary W. Lefelar | 46 | Vice President and Controller |
Thomas F. Karam has been a member of the board of managers and chief executive officer of Panhandle since its acquisition by Southern Union in June 2003. Since May 2001, Mr. Karam has been president and chief operating officer of Southern Union. From November 1999 to April 2001, Mr. Karam was executive vice president of corporate development of Southern Union, and president and chief executive officer of PG Energy, a division of Southern Union. He has been a director of Southern Union since November 1999. Previously, he had been president and chief executive officer of Pennsylvania Enterprises, Inc., from 1996 until 1999 when it was acquired by Southern Union. From September 1995 to August 1996, he was executive vice president of Pennsylvania Enterprises, Inc.
George L. Lindemann has been a member of the board of managers of Panhandle since its acquisition by Southern Union in June 2003. Mr. Lindemann has been chairman of the board, chief executive officer, a director and chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors of Southern Union since 1990. He was chairman of the board and chief executive officer of Metro Mobile CTS, Inc. ("Metro Mobile") from its formation in 1983 until April 1992. He has been president and a director of Cellular Dynamics, Inc., the managing general partner of Activated Communications Limited Partnership, a private investment entity, since 1982.
John E. Brennan has been a member of the board of managers of Panhandle since its acquisition by Southern Union in June 2003. Mr. Brennan has been vice chairman of the board and assistant secretary of Southern Union since 1990. Prior to 1992, Mr. Brennan had been president and chief operating officer of Metro Mobile. He has been a director of Southern Union since 1990.
David W. Stevens was named president and chief operating officer of Panhandle on July 29, 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Stevens served as president and chief operating officer of Energy Worx, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Southern Union Company, since November 20, 2002. Mr. Stevens has also been executive vice presidentutility operations of Southern Union since May 2001. From 1998 until its January 2003 sale, Mr. Stevens served as president of Southern Union Gas, Southern Union's Texas division. Previously, Mr. Stevens held other operating positions with Southern Union Gas since 1993, most recently Senior Vice President of sales and operations from 1996 to 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Stevens had held various operational positions with subsidiaries of Southern Union since 1984.
David J. Kvapil has been the executive vice president and chief financial officer of Panhandle since its acquisition by Southern Union in June 2003. Mr. Kvapil has been executive vice president and chief financial officer of Southern Union since September 2001. He was senior vice president and corporate
62
controller of Southern Union from December 1997 to September 2001, vice presidentcontroller of Southern Union from July 1993 to 1997, and controller of Southern Union from 1992 to 1993.
Dennis K. Morgan has been the executive vice president and secretary of Panhandle since its acquisition by Southern Union in June 2003. At Southern Union, Mr. Morgan has been executive vice presidentadministration, general counsel and secretary since May 2001 and was senior vice presidentlegal and secretary from January 1998 to April 2001. He was vice presidentlegal and secretary from 1991 to 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Morgan held various legal positions with Southern Union or a subsidiary of Southern Union since 1981.
Jeryl L. Mohn has been the senior vice president, responsible for operations and engineering, gas control, gas measurement, LNG operations, strategic planning, human resources and public affairs since December 2000. Mr. Mohn also served as interim president of Panhandle from June 17, 2003 through July 29, 2003. From March 1999 until December 2000, he was vice president operations and engineering. Prior to that, in 1997, he served as general manager of transmission for Duke Energy's Northeast natural gas pipelines, Texas Eastern Transmission Corporation and Algonquin. From 1992 until 1997, he served as general manager of operations for Algonquin Gas Transmission Company.
Robert O. Bond has been senior vice president of marketing of Panhandle since July 8, 2003. Previously, he served as vice president of marketing since April 2002. Prior to that, he was vice president of optimization of Panhandle since December 2000. Mr. Bond joined Panhandle in February 2000 as executive director of commercial operations. He also served as the director of business development for Sonat Marketing Company from August 1998 to November 1999. Before joining Sonat, Mr. Bond had been managing director of El Paso Energy and Tenneco Energy from 1984 through 1998.
André C. Bouchard has been the vice presidentadministration, general counsel and assistant secretary of Panhandle since July 8, 2003. Mr. Bouchard has responsibilities for legal, human resources and public and community affairs. Mr. Bouchard, most recently Vice President of Legal and Assistant Secretary for Southern Union, joined Southern Union's legal department in 1994. Since then, he has also served as Vice President for Southern Union Energy International, Inc. and headed a number of Southern Union's Texas-based subsidiariesMercado Gas Services, Norteno Pipeline and Southern Transmissionbefore Southern Union's divestiture of those assets in January 2003.
Gary W. Lefelar has been vice president and controller of Panhandle since December 2000. In March 1998, he was named to the position of controller of Panhandle. From 1996 through 1998 he served as director of accounting of Panhandle. From 1993 to 1995, Mr. Lefelar served in positions of increasing responsibility in the accounting departments of various businesses of Panhandle and its predecessor entities.
Executive Compensation
The information required by this item appears under (i) "Board Compensation" on page 10 of the Definitive Proxy Statement of Southern Union Company, dated October 3, 2003, relating to the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "2003 Proxy Statement") which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus; (ii) "Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan" on page 10 of the 2003 Proxy Statement; (iii) "Board of Directors' Report on Executive Compensation" on page 12 of the 2003 Proxy Statement; and (iv) "Executive Officers and Compensation" on pages 14 through 17 of the 2003 Proxy Statement.
63
For discussion of our transactions with related parties see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting PoliciesRelated Party Transactions." See also "Risk FactorsRisks That Relate To Our BusinessWe are subject to control by Southern Union."
64
The information in this section of the prospectus is derived from publicly available information about Southern Union Company and briefly describes its business other than us. Southern Union became our indirect parent company pursuant to the Panhandle acquisition. This summary information about Southern Union is being provided for informational purposes only, and is not intended to provide a basis for tendering, or to be relied upon when making a decision whether to tender, original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer. This section of the prospectus only discusses the business of Southern Union not conducted by us. For information on our business, please see "Business" above.
The notes are neither obligations of, nor guaranteed by, Southern Union. Southern Union Company does not intend to provide, and is subject to a regulatory prohibition against providing, any direct or indirect financial support to us. A decision to tender original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer should not be made in reliance on information included in this prospectus or otherwise available about Southern Union.
Southern Union's principal line of business is the distribution of natural gas as a public utility to approximately one million customers.
Southern Union's gas distribution operations include the following three operating divisions:
Missouri Gas Energy, headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri, serving approximately 502,000 customers in central and western Missouri (including Kansas City, St. Joseph, Joplin and Monett). Missouri Gas Energy has 7,954 miles of mains, 4,877 miles of service lines and 47 miles of transmission lines.
New England Gas Company, headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, serving approximately 298,000 customers in Rhode Island and Massachusetts (including Providence, Newport and Cumberland, Rhode Island and Fall River, North Attleboro and Somerset, Massachusetts). New England has 3,635 miles of mains and 3,042 miles of service lines.
PG Energy, headquartered in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, serving approximately 158,000 customers in northeastern and central Pennsylvania (including Wilkes-Barre, Scranton and Williamsport). PG Energy has 2,504 miles of mains, 1,502 miles of service lines and 29 miles of transmission lines.
Southern Union acquired its New England operations in September 2000 and the Pennsylvania operations in November 1999. Southern Union's New England and Pennsylvania operations provide it with a strong presence in the northeastern market and greater geographic and weather diversity in its service areas.
Southern Union's non-regulated subsidiaries include, among others, an exempt wholesale generator of electricity, energy related, residential water heater, burner and appliance rental and service businesses and an energy consulting firm. These non-regulated subsidiaries were established to support and expand natural gas sales and other energy sales and to capitalize on Southern Union's energy expertise. Taken together, these businesses account for an insignificant portion of Southern Union's revenues.
Business Strategy
Southern Union's strategy is focused on achieving profitable growth and enhancing stockholder value. The key elements of this strategy include:
Focusing each of Southern Union's operating units on meeting its allowable rate of return. Southern Union will continue to focus each of its operating units on meeting its allowable rate of return by managing operating costs and capital spending, without sacrificing customer safety or quality of service.
65
Further, when appropriate, Southern Union will continue to seek rate increases within its operating units.
Maintaining an investment grade rating and credit profile. Southern Union will continue to seek to enhance its credit profile through increased diversification of regulated cash flow and earnings sources and seek to reduce over time its ratio of total debt to total capitalization to strengthen its balance sheet. The acquisition of Panhandle in June 2003 assisted in diversifying Southern Union's regulated cash flow and earnings sources.
Expanding Southern Union through development of its existing businesses. Although Southern Union's existing businesses are subject to limited customer growth, Southern Union will continue to pursue other growth opportunities to expand its customer base which may include the expansion of Panhandle's LNG facility and the promotion of non-winter demand such as gas-fired co-generation and other off-peak processes.
66
Registration Rights
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the registration rights agreement. This summary is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement, including definitions of certain terms used in it. The registration rights agreement is filed with the Commission as exhibit 4(h) to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
We issued and sold the original notes to the initial purchasers on August 18, 2003. The initial purchasers subsequently sold the original notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Because the original notes are subject to transfer restrictions, we and the initial purchasers entered into the registration rights agreement under which we agreed to:
The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is the exchange registration statement described above, and the exchange offer described in this prospectus is the exchange offer referred to above. The terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the original notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and the registration rights and related additional interest payment provisions and the transfer restrictions applicable to the original notes are not applicable to the exchange notes. All of the exchange notes will be represented by one or more global notes in book-entry form unless exchanged for original notes of the applicable series in definitive certificated form under the limited circumstances described below under "Description of the Exchange NotesGlobal Notes and Book-Entry System."
Based on interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, we are of the view that exchange notes issued in accordance with the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than (1) any holder which is an "affiliate" of us within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or (2) any broker-dealer that purchases notes from us to resell in accordance with Rule 144A or any other available exemption) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder's business and the holder is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes. If any holder is an "affiliate" of us within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or tenders with the intent to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired in accordance with the exchange offer, the holder (1) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. A broker-dealer who holds original notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act
67
and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of exchange notes. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where the original notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See "Plan of Distribution." We have not requested the staff of the Commission to consider the exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff would take positions similar to those taken in the interpretive letters referred to above if we were to make a no-action request.
Shelf Registration
We may be required to file a shelf registration statement to permit some or all holders of "Registrable Notes" (as defined below) who are not eligible to participate in the exchange offer to resell the Registrable Notes periodically without being limited by the transfer restrictions.
We will only be required to file a shelf registration statement if:
If a shelf registration statement is required, we will:
Additional Interest
If a Registration Default (as defined below) occurs, we will be required to pay additional interest to each holder of Registrable Notes. During the first 90-day period that a Registration Default occurs and is continuing, we will pay additional interest on the Registrable Notes at a rate of 0.25% per year. If a Registration Default occurs and is continuing for a period of more than 90 days, then the amount of additional interest we are required to pay on the Registrable Notes will increase, effective from and
68
after the 91st day in such period, by an additional 0.25% per year until all Registration Defaults have been cured. However, in no event will the rate of additional interest exceed 0.50% per year. The additional interest will accrue only for those days that a Registration Default occurs and is continuing. All accrued additional interest will be paid to the holders of the original notes in the same manner as interest payments on the original notes, with payments being made on the interest payment dates for original notes. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, no more additional interest will accrue unless a subsequent Registration Default occurs. Additional interest will not be payable on any original notes other than Registrable Notes.
You will not be entitled to receive any additional interest on any Registrable Notes if you were, at any time while the exchange offer was pending, eligible to exchange, and did not validly tender, your Registrable Notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer.
A "Registration Default" would occur if:
"Registrable Notes" means the original notes and, in some circumstances, private exchange notes, if any, held by the initial purchasers; provided, however, that any original notes shall cease to be Registrable Notes when (1) a registration statement with respect to such original notes shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such original notes shall have been disposed of pursuant to the registration statement, (2) such original notes shall have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act, (3) such original notes shall have ceased to be outstanding or (4) such original notes have been exchanged for exchange notes which have been registered pursuant to the exchange registration statement upon consummation of the exchange offer subject, in the case of this clause (4), to certain exceptions.
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
We will keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law or otherwise extended by us, at our option) after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the original notes. During the exchange offer, we will offer to all holders of original notes who are legally eligible to participate in the exchange offer the opportunity to exchange their original notes for the applicable series of exchange notes.
Under existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of the Commission contained in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject to the immediately following sentence, we believe that the exchange notes would generally be freely transferable by holders after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act (subject to certain representations required to be made by each holder of original notes, as set forth below) and without prospectus delivery requirement. Any purchaser, however, of original notes (1) who is one of our "affiliates," or (2) who participates, who intends to participate or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange notes or who is a broker-dealer who
69
purchased original notes from us to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act, (1) will not be able to rely on the interpretations of the staff of the Commission, (2) will not be able to tender its original notes in the exchange offer and (3) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the original notes unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements.
By tendering its original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, each holder, other than a broker-dealer, will represent to Panhandle that:
If a holder of original notes is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired pursuant to the exchange offer, such holder may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction. Each participating broker-dealer (as defined below) must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a participating broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a participating broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired by such participating broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Panhandle has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus available to any participating broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Original Notes
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal (which together constitute the exchange offer), we will accept for exchange original notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. The expiration date of the exchange offer shall be 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on , 2004, unless extended by us, in our sole discretion.
As of the date of this prospectus, $300 million aggregate principal amount of the 4.80% original notes and $250 million aggregate principal amount of the 6.05% original notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent on or about January 7, 2004, to all holders of original notes known to us. Our obligation to accept original notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer is subject to conditions as set forth under "Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below.
We expressly reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, and thereby delay acceptance for any exchange of any original notes, by giving notice of the extension to the holders of original notes as described below. During any extension, all original notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. Any original notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
70
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any original notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified below under "Conditions to the Exchange Offer." We will give notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the original notes as promptly as practicable, the notice in the case of any extension to be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer.
Holders of original notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer.
Procedures for Tendering Original Notes
The tender to us of original notes by a holder of original notes as set forth below and the acceptance of the tender by us will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering holder and us upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to tender original notes for exchange under the exchange offer must transmit a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. at the address set forth below under "Exchange Agent" on or prior to the expiration date. In addition, the exchange agent must receive:
The method of delivery of original notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. If delivery is by mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not send letters of transmittal or original notes to us.
Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed unless the original notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:
In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, the guarantees must be by a firm which is an eligible institution. If original notes are registered in the name of a person other than a signer of the letter of transmittal, the original notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by us in our sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature on the original notes guaranteed by a firm which is an eligible institution.
71
Any beneficial owner whose original notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and who wishes to tender, should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner's behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender on the owner's own behalf, the owner must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the owner's original notes, either (1) make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in the owner's name or (2) obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of original notes tendered for exchange will be determined by us in our sole discretion. This determination shall be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular original notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular original notes which acceptance might, in our judgment or our counsel's judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original notes either before or after the expiration date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender original notes in the exchange offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original notes either before or after the expiration date (including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal) by us shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes for exchange must be cured within a reasonable period of time as we shall determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity regarding any tender of original notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give notification.
If the letter of transmittal or any original notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by us, proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted.
Acceptance of Original Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes
Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all original notes properly tendered, and will issue the exchange notes promptly after acceptance of the original notes. See "Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. For purposes of the exchange offer, we shall be deemed to have accepted properly tendered original notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral and written notice to the exchange agent.
The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the original notes, or if no interest has been paid on the original notes, from August 18, 2003. Accordingly, registered holders of exchange notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from August 18, 2003. Original notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the exchange offer. Holders of original notes whose original notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment for accrued interest on the original notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the exchange offer and will be deemed to have waived their rights to receive accrued interest on the original notes.
In all cases, issuance of exchange notes for original notes that are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of (1) certificates for the original notes or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the original notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC, (2) a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and (3) all
72
other required documents. If any tendered original notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if original notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged original notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder of the original notes (or, in the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC according to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, the non-exchanged original notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC) as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the exchange offer.
Book-Entry Transfer
Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's systems may make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to transfer the original notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC in accordance with DTC's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of original notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC, the letter of transmittal or facsimile of the letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under "Exchange Agent" on or prior to the expiration date, unless the holder has strictly complied with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
We understand that the exchange agent has confirmed with DTC that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may utilize DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program to tender original notes. We further understand that the exchange agent will request, within two business days after the date the exchange offer commences, that DTC establish an account for the original notes for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer, and any participant may make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to transfer the original notes into the exchange agent's account in accordance with DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. However, the exchange of the original notes so tendered will only be made after timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer and timely receipt by the exchange agent of, in addition to any other documents required, an appropriate letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantee and an agent's message, which is a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming part of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering original notes which are the subject of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer and that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the agreement against that participant.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
If a registered holder of the original notes desires to tender the original notes and the original notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit the holder's original notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may nonetheless be effected if:
73
as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and
Withdrawal of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw any tenders of original notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under "Exchange Agent." Any notice of withdrawal must:
If certificates for original notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of the certificates, the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless the holder is an eligible institution.
If original notes have been tendered in accordance with the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn original notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of the notices will be determined by us, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any original notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any original notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder without cost to the holder (or in the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC according to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, the original notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the original notes) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn original notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under "Procedures for Tendering Original Notes" above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any original notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer if at any time before the acceptance of the original notes for exchange or the exchange of exchange notes for the original notes, we determine that:
74
The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our reasonable discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of that right and each right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for any original notes, if at that time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. In any event, we are required to use every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible time.
Exchange Agent
J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at the address set forth below. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery should also be directed to the exchange agent at the address set forth below.
By Mail (Certified, Registered, Overnight or First Class) or Hand Delivery
J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.
c/o Bank One Trust Company, N.A.
1111 Polaris Parkway
Building 54101 IN
Mail Code OH1-0184
Columbus, Ohio 43240
By Facsimile
(For Eligible Institutions Only)
(614) 248-7238
Telephone Number
(614) 248-0978
Fees and Expenses
We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be made in person or by telephone by our officers and employees.
The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us. These expenses include reasonable and customary fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee under the indenture, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.
Accounting Treatment
The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying amount as the original notes, which is the principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange and, accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized. The debt issuance costs will be capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the term of the exchange notes.
75
Transfer Taxes
Holders who tender their original notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the tender, except that holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that original notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax thereon.
Resales of Exchange Notes
To comply with the securities laws of applicable jurisdictions, the exchange notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable jurisdictions or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with. We have agreed, under the registration rights agreement and subject to specified limitations therein, to register or qualify the exchange notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the applicable jurisdictions in the United States as any selling holder of the exchange notes reasonably requests in writing.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
Holders of original notes who do not exchange their original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the original notes as set forth in the legend on the original notes as a consequence of the issuance of the original notes in accordance with exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Holders of original notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. In general, the original notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. To the extent that original notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted original notes could be adversely affected.
76
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The 4.80% original notes and the 6.05% original notes each were issued as separate series under the indenture. Each of the 4.80% exchange notes and the 6.05% exchange notes will be issued as a separate series under the indenture. Each series of the original notes and its corresponding exchange notes constitutes a single series of notes under the indenture, and reference in the following summary to each series of notes should be read to incorporate the original notes and exchange notes of such series. Accordingly, for purposes of determining whether holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount thereof have taken actions or exercised rights they are entitled to take or exercise under the indenture, the 4.80% original notes and the 4.80% exchange notes will vote together as a single class and the 6.05% original notes and the 6.05% exchange notes will vote together as a single class. Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the indenture. This summary is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the indenture, including definitions of certain terms. You may obtain a copy of the indenture by requesting one from us or the trustee.
The 4.80% exchange notes will be initially limited to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount and the 6.05% exchange notes will be initially limited to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount, but we may "reopen" the notes of any series and issue additional notes at any time. There is no limit on the aggregate principal amount of debt securities that may be issued under the indenture and we may issue other debt securities under the indenture, from time to time, in one or more series.
Each series of exchange notes will have terms substantially identical to the terms of the applicable series of original notes except for the elimination of certain provisions relating to transfer restrictions and additional interest.
You may find the definitions of some terms used in this description under the subheading "Certain Definitions."
General
As of September 30, 2003, in addition to the original notes, we had outstanding approximately $1.211 billion aggregate principal amount of indebtedness. None of this indebtedness will be senior to the notes (although the notes are structurally subordinated to $272 million of this indebtedness) and the notes will not be senior to such indebtedness. The notes will be our unsecured obligations and will rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The notes will rank senior to all of our subordinated debt. We currently have no subordinated debt outstanding. The indenture does not contain any debt covenants or provisions that limit our ability to incur additional debt.
The exchange notes will be issued in the form of one or more permanent global certificates, in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof as described under "Global Notes and Book-Entry System." The "global notes" (as defined below) will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Each global note (and any exchange note issued in exchange therefor) will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth therein as described under "Global Notes and Book-Entry System." Except as set forth herein under "Global Notes and Book-Entry System," owners of beneficial interests in a global note will not be entitled to have exchange notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of any exchange note and will not be considered the registered holder of any exchange note under the indenture.
77
Issuance of Additional Notes
We may, without the consent of the holders of the notes, increase the principal amount of the notes by issuing additional notes in the future on the same terms and conditions, except for any differences in the issue price and interest accrued prior to the issue date of the additional notes. Each series of notes and any additional notes of the same series would rank equally and ratably and would be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture. The indenture provides that no additional notes of a series may be issued if any event of default has occurred with respect to that series of notes.
Payment and Maturity
The notes due 2008 will mature on August 15, 2008 and the notes due 2013 will mature on August 15, 2013. The original notes bear, and the exchange notes will bear, interest at the rates set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We will pay interest on the notes due 2008 and the notes due 2013 on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing February 15, 2004, to the registered holders of the respective series thereof on the preceding February 1 and August 1, respectively. Payment of any interest due on the notes will be made only to the persons in whose names the notes are registered at the close of business on the record date for the applicable interest payment. In any case where any interest payment date, redemption date, repurchase date or maturity of any note will not be a Business Day (as hereinafter defined) at any place of payment, then payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made on that date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless that day would fall in a new calendar year in which case such payment may be made on the next preceeding Business Day) at such place of payment with the same force and effect as if made on the interest payment date, redemption date, repurchase date or at maturity; and no interest will accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such interest payment date, redemption date, repurchase date or maturity, as the case may be, to such Business Day.
All outstanding notes will be exchangeable, transfers of notes will be registrable, and principal of and interest on all notes will be payable, at the corporate trust office of the trustee at Bank One, N.A., One Bank One Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60670, Attention: Corporate Trust Department; provided that payment of interest may, at our option, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto as it appears in the security register or by transfer to an account maintained by the payee with a bank located in the United States. Neither we nor the trustee will impose any service charge for any transfer or exchange of a note; however, we may ask you to pay any taxes or other governmental charges in connection with a transfer or exchange of notes.
Optional Redemption
The notes due 2008 and the notes due 2013 will be redeemable as a whole or in part, at our option at any time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of such notes and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points in the case of the notes due 2008 or 25 basis points in the case of the notes due 2013, plus in each case accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.
"Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolated (on a day count basis) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
"Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the
78
remaining term of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.
"Independent Investment Banker" means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the trustee after consultation with the Company.
"Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any redemption date, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (B) if the trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
"Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. New York time on the third business day preceding such redemption date.
"Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or their affiliates plus three others which are primary U.S. Government securities dealers, and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in The City of New York (a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed.
Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
We may purchase notes in the open market, by tender or otherwise. If we purchase notes, we may hold, resell or surrender them to the trustee for cancellation. If applicable, we will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations in connection with any such purchase.
No Mandatory Redemption
The original notes are not, and the exchange notes will not be, subject to mandatory redemption, and the original notes do not, and the exchange notes will not, have the benefit of a sinking fund.
Certain Covenants
Limitation on Restricted Payments
The indenture provides that, so long as any of the notes due 2008 or the notes due 2013 are outstanding and during any time that such notes are rated below Baa3 (or an equivalent rating) by Moody's and below BBB- (or an equivalent rating) by Standard & Poor's, the provisions described in this "Limitation on Restricted Payments" will apply and we will not, and will not permit any of our Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:
79
(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, other acquisition, retirement or loan described in (1) through (3) above being hereinafter referred to as a "Restricted Payment"), unless at the time we or our Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries may declare, make or pay any Restricted Payment, if at the time we or our Restricted Subsidiary makes the Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:
None of the foregoing provisions will prohibit:
Limitation on Liens
The indenture provides that we will not, nor will we permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any Principal Property, whether owned or leased on the date of the indenture or thereafter acquired, to secure any Debt of ours or any other Person (other than the notes), without in any such case making effective provision whereby all of the notes outstanding shall be secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Debt so long as such Debt shall be so secured.
80
There is excluded from this restriction:
81
Notwithstanding the foregoing, under the indenture, we may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien upon any Principal Property to secure Debt of ours or any other Person (other than the notes) that is not otherwise excepted by clauses (1) through (8), inclusive, above without securing the notes issued under the indenture, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Debt then outstanding secured by such Lien and all similar Liens, together with all net sale proceeds from Sale-Leaseback Transactions (excluding Sale-Leaseback Transactions permitted by clauses (1) through (4), inclusive, of the first paragraph of the restriction on sale-leasebacks covenant described below) does not exceed the greater of 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or 15% of Total Capital.
Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks
The indenture provides that we will not, nor will we permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in a Sale-Leaseback Transaction, unless:
Notwithstanding the foregoing, under the indenture, we may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, effect any Sale-Leaseback Transaction that is not otherwise excepted by clauses (1) through (4), inclusive, of the above paragraph, provided that the net sale proceeds from the Sale-Leaseback Transaction, together with the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Debt (other than the notes) secured by Liens upon Principal Properties not excepted by clauses (1) through (13),
82
inclusive, of the first paragraph of the limitation on liens covenant described above, do not exceed the greater of 15% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or 15% of Total Capital.
Financial Information
Whether or not required by the Commission's rules and regulations, so long as any notes are outstanding, we will furnish to the holders of notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations:
We will be required to prepare all such reports in all material respects in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations. We will include in each annual report on Form 10-K a report on our consolidated financial statements by our certified independent public accountants. In addition, we will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make that information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.
We currently file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. If, at any time after consummation of the exchange offer, we are no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, we will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs with the Commission within the time periods specified above unless the Commission will not accept such a filing. We have agreed not to take any action for the purpose of causing the Commission not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission will not accept our filings for any reason, we will post the reports on our website within the time periods that would apply if we were required to file those reports with the Commission.
In addition, we have agreed that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, at any time we are not required to file those reports with the Commission, we will furnish at our cost to the holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Events of Default
Any one of the following events constitutes an "Event of Default" under the indenture with respect to either series of notes:
83
federal income tax purposes, unless (i) holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the applicable series of notes consent to such change or (ii) (a) we certify to the trustee that we have received a ruling from the IRS or (b) we deliver to the trustee an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the trustee, in either case to the effect that the holders of the applicable series of notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the change and that such holders will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the change had not occurred.
If an Event of Default with respect to either series of notes occurs and is continuing, either the trustee or the holders of at least 33% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of that series by notice as provided in the indenture may declare the principal amount of all the notes of that series to be due and payable immediately. At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to either series of notes has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of money has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of that series, under certain circumstances, may rescind and annul such acceleration.
The indenture provides that, subject to the duty of the trustee during default to act with the required standard of care, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders, unless such holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of the respective series have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee, with respect to that series of notes; provided, however, that the trustee shall not be obligated to take any action unduly prejudicial to holders not joining in such direction or involving the trustee in personal liability.
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of the respective series may, on behalf of all holders of notes of that series, waive any past default under the indenture with respect to any such notes, except a default:
We are required to furnish to the trustee annually a statement as to the performance of our obligations under the indenture and as to any default in our performance.
Legal and Covenant Defeasance
The indenture provides that we will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the outstanding notes of either series (excluding, however, certain obligations, such as the obligation to register the transfer or exchange of such outstanding notes, to replace stolen, lost, mutilated or destroyed certificates, and to maintain paying agencies) on the 123rd day following the deposit referred to in the following clause (1), subject to the following conditions: (1) the irrevocable deposit, in trust, of cash or U.S. Government Obligations (or a combination thereof) which through the payment of interest and principal thereof in accordance with their terms will provide cash in an amount sufficient to pay the principal and interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding notes of the applicable series and any mandatory sinking fund payments, in each case, on the stated maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of the indenture and the outstanding notes of the applicable series or on any redemption date established pursuant to clause (3) below; (2) the trustee's receipt of an opinion of counsel based on the fact that (A) we have received from, or there has been published by, the IRS a
84
ruling, or (B) since the date of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case, to the effect that, and confirming that, the holders of the notes of the applicable series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; (3) if any notes of the applicable series are to be redeemed prior to stated maturity, notice of the redemption shall have been duly given pursuant to the indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the trustee shall have been made; (4) no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; and (5) our delivery to the trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the conditions precedent under the indenture have been complied with.
Under the indenture, we also may discharge our obligations referred to above under "Limitation on Restricted Payments," "Limitation on Liens," "Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks," and below under "Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets," as well as certain of our obligations relating to reporting obligations under the indenture, in respect of the notes of either series on the 123rd day following the deposit referred to in clause (1) in the immediately preceding paragraph, subject to satisfaction of the conditions described in clauses (1), (3), (4) and (5) in the immediately preceding paragraph with respect to the notes of the applicable series and the delivery of an opinion of counsel confirming that the holders of the notes of the applicable series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred.
Modification and Waiver
We and the trustee may make modifications and amendments of the indenture with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of a series, provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without consent of the holder of each outstanding note of the series affected thereby:
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of a series may, on behalf of the holders of all notes of that series, modify or eliminate (including waive), insofar as those notes are concerned, our compliance with some restrictive provisions of the indenture.
Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
Without the consent of the holders of any of the outstanding notes of either series, we may consolidate with or merge into, or convey, transfer or lease our assets substantially as an entirety to, any Person which is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust organized and validly
85
existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or the District of Columbia, provided that:
Governing Law
The indenture and the original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
Regarding the Trustee
We and certain of our affiliates from time to time borrow money from, and maintain deposit accounts and conduct certain banking transactions with, the trustee or its affiliates in the ordinary course of their business.
Global Notes and Book-Entry System
The exchange notes will be issued in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more permanent global certificates in fully registered form without interest coupons, in denominations of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof (the "global notes") and will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co. or another nominee designated by DTC.
Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for "certificated notes" (as defined below) except in the circumstances described below.
Holders that are not DTC participants but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in, notes of either series may do so only through DTC participants. In addition, holders will receive all distributions of principal and interest from the trustee through the DTC participants. Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and its operation, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers of either series of notes among DTC participants on whose behalf it acts and to receive and transmit distributions of principal of, and interest on, either series of the notes.
Distributions by DTC participants to holders will be the responsibility of such DTC participants and will be made in accordance with customary industry practices. Accordingly, although holders will not have possession of either series of notes, the rules of DTC provide a mechanism by which participants will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests. Although the DTC participants are expected to convey the rights represented by their interests in any global security to the related holders, because DTC can only act on behalf of DTC participants, the ability of holders to pledge either series of notes to persons or entities that are not DTC participants or to otherwise act with respect to such notes, may be limited due to the lack of physical certificates for such notes.
DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of either series of notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant DTC participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on that payment date. Each relevant DTC participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the notes as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by DTC participants to the beneficial owners of either series of notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of DTC
86
participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or us. Neither we nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its participants in identifying the beneficial owners of either series of notes, and we and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.
Panhandle, the trustee or any other agent of Panhandle or the trustee will not be responsible or liable for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in either series of the notes or for supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Since Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, will be the only "holder," beneficial owners will not be recognized by the trustee as holders, as that term is used in the indenture, and beneficial owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of holders only indirectly through DTC and DTC participants. DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder under the indenture only at the direction of one or more DTC participants to whose accounts with DTC the related notes are credited.
Certificated Notes. We will issue physical certificates ("certificated notes") to holders of beneficial interests in a global note, or their nominees, if:
In such event, the trustee will notify all holders through DTC participants of the availability of such certificated notes. Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive global note representing the series of notes and receipt of instructions for reregistration, the trustee will reissue the notes in certificated form to holders or their nominees.
Clearing System. DTC has advised us as follows:
DTC is:
DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entries, eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and others, some of whom own DTC. Access to DTC's book-entry system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.
Certain Definitions
The following are some defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
87
"Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income of Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries, plus (1) depreciation and amortization expense of Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries, (2) income taxes and deferred taxes of Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries and (3) other non-cash charges, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income any net income of any Person if such Person is not a Subsidiary, except that (A) Panhandle's equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to Panhandle or a consolidated Subsidiary of Panhandle as a dividend or other distribution and (B) Panhandle's equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be included in determining such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income.
"Business Day" means a day on which banking institutions in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York are not authorized or required by law or regulation to close.
"Capital Stock" means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) corporate stock or limited liability company interests including any Preferred Stock or letter stock; provided that Hybrid Preferred Securities are not considered Capital Stock for purposes of this definition.
"Consolidated Debt" means the total Debt of Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries for Panhandle's most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest expense in respect of Consolidated Debt of Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without duplication, (1) interest expense attributable to capital leases; (2) amortization of debt discount; (3) capitalized interest; (4) cash and noncash interest payments; (5) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing; (6) net costs under Interest Rate Protection Agreements (including amortization of discount); and (7) interest expense in respect of obligations of other Persons that constitutes Debt of Panhandle or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries, provided, however, that Consolidated Interest Expense shall exclude any costs otherwise included in interest expense recognized on early retirement of debt.
"Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets after deducting therefrom (1) all current liabilities (excluding (A) any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed, and (B) current maturities of long-term debt), and (2) the value (net of any applicable reserves) of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other like intangible assets, all as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries for Panhandle's most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. "Intangible assets" does not include any value write-up of tangible assets in connection with acquisition transactions accounted for on a purchase method.
"Debt" means any obligation created or assumed by any Person for the repayment of money borrowed and any purchase money obligation created or assumed by such Person.
"Exchangeable Stock" means any Capital Stock of a corporation or a limited liability company that is exchangeable or convertible into another security (other than Capital Stock of such corporation or limited liability company that is neither Exchangeable Stock nor Redeemable Stock).
88
"Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means the ratio of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income plus Consolidated Interest Expense to Consolidated Interest Expense, for the four fiscal quarters of Panhandle ending immediately prior to the date of determination.
"Funded Debt" means all Debt maturing one year or more from the date of the creation thereof, all Debt directly or indirectly renewable or extendible, at the option of the debtor, by its terms or by the terms of any instrument or agreement relating thereto, to a date one year or more from the date of the creation thereof, and all Debt under a revolving credit or similar agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend credit over a period of one year or more.
"Hybrid Preferred Securities" means preferred securities issued by a Hybrid Preferred Securities Subsidiary, where such preferred securities have the following characteristics: (i) such Hybrid Preferred Securities Subsidiary lends substantially all of the proceeds for the issuance of such preferred securities to Panhandle in exchange for subordinated debt issued by the Panhandle; (ii) such preferred securities contain terms providing for the deferral of distributions corresponding to provisions providing for the deferral of interest payments on such subordinated debt; and (iii) the Panhandle makes periodic interest payments on such subordinated debt, which interest payments are in turn used by the Hybrid Preferred Securities Subsidiary to make corresponding payments to the holder of the Hybrid Preferred Securities.
"Leverage Ratio" means 100% multiplied by the ratio of Consolidated Debt to Total Capital at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding the date of determination.
"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, charge, lien or other encumbrance of any kind, whether or not filed, recorded or perfected under applicable law.
"Loan" means any direct or indirect advance (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as receivables on the balance sheet of the Person making such advances), loan or other extension of credit (including by way of guarantee or similar arrangement) to another Person or any purchase of Debt issued by another Person, where such advance, loan, extension of credit or Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the senior creditors of the borrower.
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto which is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or if such entity shall cease to rate the applicable series of notes or shall cease to exist and there shall be no such successor thereto, any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by Panhandle which is acceptable to the trustee.
"Non-Convertible Capital Stock" means, with respect to any corporation or limited liability company, any non-convertible Capital Stock of such corporation or limited liability company and any Capital Stock of such corporation or limited liability company convertible solely into non-convertible Capital Stock other than Preferred Stock of such corporation or limited liability company; provided, however, that Non-Convertible Capital Stock shall not include any Redeemable Stock or Exchangeable Stock.
"Permitted Liens" means:
89
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, other entity, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
"Principal Property" means any natural gas pipeline system, natural gas gathering system or natural gas storage facility located in the United States, except any such property that in the opinion of our Board of Directors is not of material importance to the business conducted by Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"Redeemable Stock" means any Capital Stock that by its terms or otherwise is required to be redeemed prior to the 90th day before the stated maturity of any of the outstanding notes of either series or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior to the 90th day before the stated maturity of any of the outstanding notes of either series.
"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of Panhandle owning or leasing any Principal Property.
"Sale-Leaseback Transaction" means, with respect to Panhandle or any Restricted Subsidiary, the sale or transfer by Panhandle or such Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property to a Person (other than Panhandle or a Subsidiary of Panhandle) and the taking back by Panhandle or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, of a lease of such Principal Property. With respect to Panhandle, "Sale-Leaseback Transaction" means the sale or transfer by Panhandle of any assets or property to another Person and the taking back by Panhandle of a lease of such assets or property.
"Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's, a division of McGraw Hill Inc., and any successor thereto which is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or if such entity shall cease to rate the applicable series of notes or shall cease to exist and there shall be no such successor thereto, any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by Panhandle which is acceptable to the trustee.
90
"Subsidiary" means with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding Voting Stock shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any limited liability company, general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of whose outstanding membership, partnership or similar interests shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner.
"Total Capital" means the sum of (1) Consolidated Debt and (2) Capital Stock, Hybrid Preferred Securities, premium on Capital Stock, capital surplus, capital in excess of par value and retained earnings (however the foregoing may be designated), less, to the extent not otherwise deducted, the cost of shares or interests of Capital Stock of Panhandle held in treasury, all as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of Panhandle and its consolidated Subsidiaries for Panhandle's most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
91
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of the notes to a purchaser of the original notes that purchased the original notes at the issue price in the original notes offering and is exchanging original notes for exchange notes. This summary is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations and interpretations of the foregoing, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary discusses notes held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. It does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of the holder's particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, partnerships, U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons holding notes as part of a hedge, straddle or other integrated transaction, or persons who have ceased to be United States citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens. Prospective participants in the exchange offer, including partnerships and their partners, should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of federal income tax laws to their particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.
As used herein, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of notes that is a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than a partnership. "U.S. person" means (i) any individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S. for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) any trust if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996 and treated as U.S. persons prior to such date may elect to continue to be treated as U.S. persons. As used herein, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of a note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) a nonresident alien individual, (ii) a foreign corporation or (iii) a foreign trust or estate.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we are treated as a disregarded entity, with the result that the notes will be treated as the indebtedness of Southern Union.
Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders
Payments of Interest
Interest payable on the notes will generally be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received in accordance with the U.S. Holder's method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.
Sale, Exchange or Disposition of the Notes
Upon the sale, exchange (other than an exchange of original notes for exchange notes, as described in this prospectus) retirement or other taxable disposition of notes, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition of the notes and such holder's tax basis in the notes. The amount realized excludes any amounts attributable to unpaid interest accrued between interest payment dates, which will be taxable as ordinary income to the extent not previously included in income. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of the disposition the notes have been held for more than one year.
92
The Exchange Offer
An exchange of original notes for exchange notes as described in this prospectus will not be a taxable event. As a result, a U.S. Holder will not recognize gain or loss pursuant to such exchange, the holder's holding period in the exchange notes will include the holding period in the original notes exchanged therefor, and the adjusted tax basis of the exchange notes will equal the adjusted tax basis of the original notes exchanged therefor.
We believe that the likelihood that additional interest will become payable due to a failure to register the original notes is remote. Accordingly, we intend to take the position that if such additional interest becomes payable, such amounts will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income in accordance with such holder's method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. However, the IRS may take a different position, which could affect the timing of a U.S. Holder's recognition of income with respect to such amounts.
Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
Payments of Interest
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, payments of interest on the notes, including additional interest payable upon a Registration Default, if any, by us or any paying agent to any Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or a 30% withholding tax provided that (i) the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct by the holder of a trade or business in the United States, (ii) the holder does not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of Southern Union entitled to vote, (iii) the holder is not a controlled foreign corporation (within the meaning of the Code) that is related, directly or indirectly, to Southern Union through stock ownership, (iv) the holder is not a bank whose receipt of interest on the notes is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, and (v) the certification requirements required to claim the portfolio interest exemption set forth in Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code have been fulfilled with respect to the beneficial owner. Generally, to satisfy the certification requirements set forth in Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, the beneficial owner of a note must certify on IRS Form W-8BEN, under penalties of perjury, that the holder is not a United States person.
Sale, Exchange or Disposition of the Notes
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder of a note will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of a note unless (i) the holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met or (ii) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the holder of a trade or business in the United States.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments on the notes and the proceeds from a sale, exchange or other disposition of the notes. In addition, a backup withholding tax will apply if a noncorporate U.S. Holder (i) fails to furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") which, for an individual, is his Social Security Number, (ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments, or (iv) under certain circumstances fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption if applicable. The rate for backup withholding is currently 28%. The amount of any backup
93
withholding tax withheld from a payment to a holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder's United States federal income tax liability.
A Non-U.S. Holder of a note may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding tax requirements. The certification procedures required to claim the portfolio interest exemption described above will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well.
94
Based on interpretations by the Commission staff set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including the Exxon Capital and Morgan Stanley letters and similar letters, we believe that the exchange notes to be issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for original notes may be offered for resale, resold, and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than (1) any holder which is an "affiliate" of us within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or (2) any broker-dealer that purchases notes from us to resell in accordance with Rule 144A or any other available exemption) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder's business and the holder is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes. If any holder is an "affiliate" of us within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or tenders with the intent to participate, for the purpose of participating, or with an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired in accordance with the exchange offer, the holder (1) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. A broker-dealer who holds original notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of exchange notes. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where the original notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where those original notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We will send to any "participating broker-dealer" (as defined below) who has delivered to us proper notification, without charge, additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus as such participating broker-dealer may reasonably request. We agreed to pay certain expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers, and will indemnify the holders of the exchange notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells the exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of the exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
95
By acceptance of the exchange offer, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer agrees that, upon receipt of notice from us of:
such broker-dealer will suspend use of this prospectus until we have amended or supplemented this prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and has furnished copies of the amended or supplemented prospectus to such broker-dealer or has advised such broker-dealer that it may resume using this prospectus.
"Participating broker-dealer" shall mean any of Merrill Lynch, JP Morgan, any of the other initial purchasers and any other broker-dealer which makes a market in the original notes and exchanges original notes in the exchange offer for exchange notes.
Legal matters with respect to the validity of the exchange notes will be passed upon for us by Fleischman and Walsh, L.L.P., Washington, D.C. Attorneys of Fleischman and Walsh, L.L.P. beneficially own shares of common stock of Southern Union that, in the aggregate, represent less than 2% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Southern Union.
The consolidated financial statements of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company appearing in Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon included therein and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
As a result of the Panhandle acquisition, we dismissed Ernst & Young LLP as our certifying accountant effective July 11, 2003. Ernst & Young's report on our consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 (incorporated by reference into this prospectus) did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were such reports qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 and through July 11, 2003, there were no (i) disagreements with Ernst & Young on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statements disclosure or audit scope or procedure, which if not resolved to the satisfaction of Ernst & Young would have caused them to make a reference in their report or (ii) "reportable events" as defined in the rules and regulations of the Commission. Effective July 18, 2003, we retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to review our unaudited interim financial statements as of June 30, 2003 and September 30, 2003, and for the periods January 1 through June 11, 2003 and June 12 through September 30, 2003.
96
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
Although we are not currently subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, we file, and as required under the terms of the indenture will continue to file, annual, quarterly and special reports and other information with the Commission. You may inspect and copy these reports and other information at the public reference facilities of the Commission in Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these materials from the public reference section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. The Commission also maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission (http://www.sec.gov).
This prospectus also includes by reference the documents listed below that we previously have filed with the Commission and that are not delivered with this document. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the Commission. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of and included in this prospectus, except for any information that is superseded by subsequent incorporated documents.
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC (File No. 1-2921) |
Date Filed |
|
---|---|---|
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 | March 31, 2003 | |
Current Report on Form 8-K | February 21, 2003 | |
Current Report on Form 8-K | January 24, 2003 | |
Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 13, 2003 | March 13, 2003 | |
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003 | May 14, 2003 | |
Current Report on Form 8-K | April 1, 2003 | |
Current Report on Form 8-K | May 8, 2003 | |
Current Report on Form 8-K | June 27, 2003 | |
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2003 | August 12, 2003 | |
Current Report on Form 8-K | July 21, 2003 | |
Current Report on Form 8-K/A | July 22, 2003 | |
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003 | November 14, 2003 | |
Southern Union Company (File No. 1-6407) |
Date Filed |
|
Definitive Proxy Statement of Southern Union Company, dated October 3, 2003, relating to the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (only portions under the following headings: "Board Compensation," "Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan," "Board of Directors' Report on Executive Compensation," and "Executive Officers and Compensation".) | October 8, 2003 |
This prospectus also includes by reference any documents filed by us with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act on or after the date of this prospectus and on or before termination of the exchange offer. These documents include our periodic reports, such as Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K. This means that we may disclose important information to you in the future through this reference to another document that may be filed separately with the Commission. The information incorporated by reference into this prospectus is considered to be part of and included in this prospectus, except for any information that is superseded by subsequent incorporated documents. Copies of any documents filed and incorporated by reference into this prospectus may be obtained from the Secretary of Panhandle, 5444 Westheimer Road, P.O. Box 4967, Houston, Texas 77210-4967.
This prospectus is part of a registration statement we have filed with the Commission relating to the exchange notes. As permitted by Commission rules, this prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits we file with the Commission. You may refer to the registration statement and the exhibits for more information about us and our exchange notes. The registration statement and exhibits are also available through the Commission's web site.
97
PROSPECTUS
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC
Offer to Exchange Up to $300,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series B
for Any and All of the $300,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our Outstanding
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series A
and
Offer to Exchange Up to $250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series B
for Any and All of the $250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our Outstanding
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series A
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Indemnification: Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the "LLC Act") provides that a limited liability company may indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other persons from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, subject to such standards and restrictions set forth in the limited liability company agreement. Accordingly, Section 4.3 of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC, dated as of June 16, 2003 (the "LLC Agreement"), provides that to the fullest permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification for the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by a Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by a Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on a Covered Person by the LLC Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by a Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions provided, however, that any indemnity under Section 4.3 of the LLC Agreement shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability on account thereof. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance covering the potential liabilities of the Covered Persons. For purposes of the LLC Agreement and as used herein, "Covered Person" means Southern Union Panhandle LLC, any affiliate of Southern Union Panhandle LLC, and any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, employee or agent of Southern Union Panhandle LLC, any managers designated by Southern Union Panhandle LLC, and any officer, employee or expressly authorized agent of the Company or its affiliates.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS
See Index to Exhibits.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
II-1
(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrants' annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(5) that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is part of the registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuers undertake that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.
(6) that every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (5) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offering therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(7) insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.
II-2
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Wilkes-Barre, State of Pennsylvania, on December 15, 2003.
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC | ||||
By: |
/s/ DAVID J. KVAPIL David J. Kvapil, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on December 15, 2003.
Signature/Name |
Title |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
GEORGE L. LINDEMANN* | Manager | |||
JOHN E. BRENNAN* |
Manager |
|||
THOMAS F. KARAM* |
Manager and Chief Executive Officer |
|||
GARY W. LEFELAR* |
Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) |
|||
*By: |
/s/ DAVID J. KVAPIL David J. Kvapil, Attorney-in-fact |
|||
/s/ DAVID J. KVAPIL David J. Kvapil, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
II-3
Exhibit Number |
Description |
|
---|---|---|
3 | (a) | Certificate of Formation of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC (Filed as Exhibit 3(a) to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003). |
3 |
(b) |
Certificate of Conversion from a Corporation to a Limited Liability Company (Filed as Exhibit 3(b) to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003). |
3 |
(c) |
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation (Filed as Exhibit 3(c) to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003). |
3 |
(d) |
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line LLC, dated as of June 16, 2003, by Southern Union Panhandle LLC (Filed herewith). |
4 |
(a) |
Indenture dated as of March 29, 1999, among CMS Panhandle Holding Company, Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company and NBD Bank, as Trustee (Filed as Exhibit 4(a) to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999). |
4 |
(b) |
1st Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 29, 1999, among CMS Panhandle Holding Company, Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company and NBD Bank, as Trustee, including a form of Guarantee by Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company of the obligations of CMS Panhandle Holding Company (Filed as Exhibit 4(b) to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999). |
4 |
(c) |
2nd Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 27, 2000, between Panhandle, as Issuer and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association), as Trustee (Filed as Exhibit 4(e) to our Form S-4 filed on June 22, 2000). |
4 |
(d) |
3rd Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 18, 2003, between Panhandle, as Issuer and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association), as Trustee (Filed as Exhibit 4(e) to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
4 |
(e) |
Indenture dated as of February 1, 1993, between Panhandle and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company effective January 1, 1982, as amended December 3, 1999 (Filed as Exhibit 4 to our Form S-3 filed February 19, 1993). |
4 |
(f) |
Form of 4.80% Senior Note Due 2008 (Filed herewith). |
4 |
(g) |
Form of 6.05% Senior Note Due 2013 (Filed herewith). |
4 |
(h) |
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2003, among the Company and the initial purchasers named therein (Filed herewith). |
5 |
Opinion of Fleischman and Walsh, L.L.P. (Filed herewith). |
|
10 |
(a) |
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Employees of CMS Energy/Consumers Energy Company effective January 1, 1982, as amended December 9, 1999 (Filed as Exhibit 10(h) to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999). |
10 |
(b) |
Contract for Firm Transportation of Natural Gas between Consumers Power Company and Trunkline Gas Company, dated September 1, 1993 (Filed as Exhibit 10.03 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993). |
12 |
Computation of Consolidated Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Filed herewith). |
|
23 |
(a) |
Consent of Fleischman and Walsh, L.L.P. (Included in Exhibit 5). |
II-4
23 |
(b) |
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (Filed herewith). |
24 |
Power of Attorney (Filed herewith). |
|
25 |
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association) (Filed herewith). |
|
99 |
(a) |
Letter of Transmittal (Filed herewith). |
99 |
(b) |
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (Filed herewith). |
99 |
(c) |
Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees (Filed herewith). |
99 |
(d) |
Form of Letter from Registered Holders to Clients (Filed herewith). |
99 |
(e) |
Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (Filed herewith). |
II-5
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE LLC
This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this Agreement) of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), is made as of June 16, 2003 by Southern Union Panhandle LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as its sole member (the "Member").
The Company was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Member wishes to set forth certain terms and conditions governing the formation and operation of the Company. Southern Union Panhandle Corporation was also converted to Southern Union Panhandle LLC as of June 16, 2003.
Accordingly, the Member agrees as follows:
ARTICLE I
FORMATION; TERM; PURPOSE; POWERS
1.1 Formation. The Company was formed on June 16, 2003 pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Del. Code. Ann., tit. 6, " 18-101 et seq. (1998), as amended from time to time (the ("Act"), upon the filing of a Certificate of Formation and a Certificate of Conversion from a corporation to a limited liability company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Company shall be governed by, and the rights, duties and liabilities of the Member shall be as provided in this Agreement. The Act shall govern only on matters and in circumstances where this Agreement is silent.
1.2 Membership. The membership of Southern Union Panhandle LLC in the Company shall be deemed effective as of the date of the formation of the Company. The Member shall be the sole Member of the Company.
1.3 Name. The name of the Company shall be "Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line LLC" or such other name as the Member shall designate from time to time in accordance with applicable law.
1.4 Effective Date; Term. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof upon its execution by the Member. The Company shall continue in existence until June 30, 2033 unless it is sooner dissolved or terminated and its affairs wound up in accordance with this Agreement.
1.5 Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of the Company shall be at such place or places as the Member shall designate from time to time.
1.6 Registered Office; Registered Agent. The address of the registered office and the name and address of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware are The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The Member may at any time and from time to time designate another registered agent.
1.7 Filings. The Member promptly shall cause the execution and delivery of such documents and performance of such acts consistent with the terms of this Agreement as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of law for the formation, qualification and operation of a corporation under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Company shall conduct business.
1.8 Purpose. The Company is formed for the purpose of carrying on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted by the Act.
1
1.9 Powers. Except as otherwise limited in this Agreement, the Act or any other applicable laws and regulations, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary or convenient for the conduct, promotion, or attainment, of the purpose set forth in Section 1.8.
ARTICLE II
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS; TRANSFER
The Member shall make contributions to the capital of the Company at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member. Distributions, including interim distributions, shall be made to the Member at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member. No member may assign or transfer all or any part of its membership interest to any person or entity without the consent of the Member. The Member's rights and interests shall be represented by a certificate issued by the Company in the name of the Member evidencing the Member's Interest in the Company. Interest, as used herein, shall mean the Member's share of the profits and losses of, and the right to receive distributions from, the Company, as provided by this Agreement. The certificate shall refer to this Agreement and certain customary legends regarding compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. The certificate shall be a security governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.
ARTICLE III
MANAGEMENT
3.1 Management of the Company. The management of the Company shall be reserved to the Member or its designated managers (the "Managers"). The Member may appoint a Board of Managers consisting of up to three (3) persons. The Managers, to the extent authorized by the Member, or the Member acting in such capacity, shall manage the Company in accordance with this Agreement as an agent of the Company's business, and the actions of the Managers or Member taken in such capacity and in accordance with this Agreement shall bind the Company.
3.2 Powers and Duties of the Managers. Subject to any applicable license, permit, rule or regulation governing the operation of the type of business engaged in by the Company, the Managers, or the Member acting in such capacity, shall have full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purpose of the Company.
3.3 Officers; Delegation of Powers: No Management by Other Persons; Appointment of Managers. The Member may appoint individuals with or without titles as it may elect, including the Managers, President, Vice President, Treasurer, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, to act on behalf of the Company with the power and authority as the Member may delegate to any such persons. This delegation shall not cause the Member, if acting in the capacity of the Manager, to cease to be the Manager. Except and only to the extent expressly delegated by the Member or the Managers pursuant to this Section 3.3 or as permitted by Section 3.7, no person or entity other than the Member or the Managers shall be an agent of the Company or have any right, power or authority to transact any business in the name of the Company or to act for or on behalf of or to bind the Company.
3.4 Term of Office. The Managers, if other than the Member, shall hold office until:
(a) the resignation of a Manager from the Company;
(b) removal of a Manager by the Member of the Company in the manner set forth in this Agreement; or
(c) dissolution of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
2
3.5 Duties of the Managers. The Managers, or the Member acting in such capacity, shall perform its duties as Managers in good faith and in a manner necessary and convenient to carry out the business and affairs of the Company and in a manner it reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Company, and with such care as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.
3.6 Removal. The Managers, if other than the Member may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the Member.
3.7 Delegation of Duties. The Member or the Managers, if other than the Member, may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of the Managers of the Company to any person or entity whom it may select.
3.8 Compensation. The compensation of the Managers, if other than the Member, shall be such as the Member may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE IV
LIABILITY; EXCULPATION; INDEMNIFICATION
4.1 Liability of the Member. The Member, whether in its capacity as the Member or the Managers, and the Managers shall not be obligated personally for any debt, obligation or other liability of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise.
4.2 Exculpation.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, "Covered Person" means the Member, any affiliate of the Member, and any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, employee or agent of the Member, the Manager, and any officer, employee or expressly authorized agent of the Company or its affiliates.
(b) No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by a Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on a Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of a Covered Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(c) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon any information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within the professional or expert competence of the person or entity and who or which has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.
4.3 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by a Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by a Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on a Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by a Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 4.3 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability on account thereof.
4.4 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as the Managers shall, in his sole discretion, deem reasonable, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other persons or entities as the Managers shall determine, against any liability that may be
3
asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such person or entity in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities. The Managers, on behalf of the Company, and/or the Company may enter into indemnity contracts with Covered Persons and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under Section 4.3 and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.
ARTICLE V
TERMINATION; DISSOLUTION; LIQUIDATION AND WINDING-UP
5.1 Events of Dissolution. Subject to Section 5.2, the Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following:
(a) the expiration of sixty (60) days after the assignment, sale, transfer, assumption or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets, properties, business and known liabilities of the Company, unless the Member otherwise determines in writing prior to the expiration of such sixty (60) day period;
(b) the written consent of the Member;
(c) the resignation, or dissolution of the Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company;
(d) when the period fixed for the Company's duration in Section 1.4 has expired; or
(e) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.
Upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, the Member shall cease to be the Member of the Company.
5.2 Liquidation and Winding-Up. If the Company is dissolved pursuant to Section 5.1, the Company shall be liquidated and wound up as determined by the Member.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.1 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by a written instrument signed by the Member.
6.2 Binding Provisions. This Agreement is binding upon, and inures to the benefit of, the party and its respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.
6.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the rules of conflict of laws.
6.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if, for any reason, any provision or provisions are determined to be invalid and contrary to any existing or future law, such invalidity shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid.
6.5 Construction; No Third Party Rights. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company. This Agreement is made solely by the party and its respective successors and assigns, and is not intended to confer any benefits upon, or create any rights in favor of, any person other than in the case of Article IV, and Covered Persons.
6.6 Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the Agreement among the Members with respect to the subject matter thereof. It supersedes all prior written and oral statements, including any prior representation, statement, condition, or warranty.
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company |
||||||||
By: | Southern Union Panhandle LLC, a Delaware limited liability company |
|||||||
By: | /s/ DAVID J. KVAPIL |
|||||||
Name: | David J. Kvapil | |||||||
Title: | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
5
(FORM OF FACE OF 4.80% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008)
This Security is a Global Note within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary. This Security is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such a successor Depositary.
Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.
Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive registered form in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture applicable to such exchange, this certificate may not be transferred except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another nominee of DTC or by DTC or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.
CUSIP No. 698465 BG 5 | $[ ] |
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC
4.80% SENIOR NOTE
DUE 2008, SERIES B
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [Amount in Words] dollars ($[ ]) on [ ], 20[ ] ("Maturity") and to pay interest thereon from [ ], 200[ ] (the "Original Issue Date") or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an "Interest Payment Date") to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on February 15th and August 15th in each year, commencing [ ] and at Maturity at the rate of [ ]% per annum, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on any overdue principal and premium, if any, and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at the same rate per annum. The amount of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Senior Note is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the person in whose name this Senior Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in said Indenture) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date
1
for such interest installment which shall be the close of business on the 1st day of the calendar month in which such Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest installment not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holders on such regular record date, and may be paid to the person in whose name this Senior Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Trustee (as defined below) for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered holders of this series of Senior Notes not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Senior Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and the interest on this Senior Note shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Issuer by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register.
This Senior Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.
The provisions of this Senior Note are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be executed.
Dated [ ]
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
Attest: | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
2
(FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION)
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Senior Notes of the series of Senior Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.
BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee |
||||||
By | ||||||
[Authorized Signatory] |
3
(FORM OF REVERSE OF SENIOR NOTE)
This Senior Note is one of a duly authorized series of Securities of the Issuer (herein sometimes referred to as the "Senior Notes"), specified in the Indenture, issued or to be issued in one or more series under and pursuant to an indenture (the "Base Indenture") dated as of March 29, 1999 among the Issuer, CMS Panhandle Holding Company, a Michigan corporation (which has merged into the Issuer), and NBD Bank, as trustee (predecessor to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association)), further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 18, 2003 between the Issuer and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association), as trustee (the "Trustee") (the Base Indenture as so supplemented, hereinafter being referred to as the "Indenture"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Issuer and the holders of the Senior Notes. By the terms of the Indenture, the Senior Notes are issuable in series which may vary as to amount, date of maturity, rate of interest and in other respects as in the Indenture provided. This series of Senior Notes is not limited in aggregate principal amount, as specified in said Third Supplemental Indenture.
The Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Issuer at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days notice to each holder of such Senior Notes, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of such Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points, plus in each case accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. Unless there is a default in the payment of the redemption price, on and after the applicable redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Senior Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
"Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Senior Notes.
"Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any redemption date, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (B) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
"Independent Investment Banker" means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Issuer.
"Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or their affiliates plus three others which are primary U.S. Government securities dealers, and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in The City of New York (a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), the Issuer shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
"Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. New York time on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
4
"Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolated (on a day count basis) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
The Issuer may purchase the Senior Notes in the open market, by tender or otherwise. Senior Notes so purchased may be held, resold or surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. If applicable, the Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and other securities laws and regulations in connection with any such purchase.
No sinking fund is provided for the Senior Notes.
If an Event of Default with respect to this Senior Note shall occur and be continuing, the principal of this Senior Note may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (i) the entire indebtedness of this Senior Note or (ii) certain restrictive covenants and certain other obligations with respect to this Senior Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, modifications and amendments of the Indenture by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes.
The Indenture provides that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes may, on behalf of the holders of all Senior Notes, modify or eliminate restrictive covenants, which right includes the right to waive insofar as the Senior Notes are concerned, compliance by the Issuer with certain restrictive provisions of the Indenture.
The Indenture provides that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes may, on behalf of all holders of Senior Notes, waive any past default under the Indenture with respect to any Senior Notes, except a default (i) in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or any interest on any Senior Note; or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Senior Note affected.
The Indenture provides that, subject to the duty of the Trustee during default to act with the required standard of care, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Senior Notes; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be obligated to take any action unduly prejudicial to holders not joining in such direction or involving the Trustee in personal liability.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Senior Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Senior Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer of this Senior Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Senior Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Issuer in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Senior Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a
5
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Senior Notes of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.
The Senior Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Senior Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same.
No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Issuer shall not be required to (a) issue, exchange or register the transfer of this Senior Note for a period of 15 days next preceding the mailing of the notice of redemption of Senior Notes or (b) exchange or register the transfer of any Senior Note or any portion thereof selected, called or being called for redemption, except in the case of any Senior Note to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not so to be redeemed.
Prior to due presentment of this Senior Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Senior Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Senior Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Senior Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Issuer or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.
All terms used in this Senior Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
6
(CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY SELL(S), ASSIGN(S) AND TRANSFER(S) UNTO
(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code, of assignee)
(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE)
the within Senior Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
to transfer said Senior Note on the books of the Issuer, with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated: | |||||
] [Name of Assignor] |
7
(FORM OF FACE OF 6.05% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013, SERIES B)
This Security is a Global Note within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary. This Security is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such a successor Depositary.
Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.
Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive registered form in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture applicable to such exchange, this certificate may not be transferred except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another nominee of DTC or by DTC or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.
CUSIP No. 698465 BJ 9 | $[ ] |
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC
6.05% SENIOR NOTE
DUE 2013, SERIES B
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [Amount in Words] dollars ($[ ]) on [ ], 20[ ] ("Maturity") and to pay interest thereon from [ ], 200[ ] (the "Original Issue Date") or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an "Interest Payment Date") to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on February 15th and August 15th in each year, commencing [ ] and at Maturity at the rate of [ ]% per annum, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on any overdue principal and premium, if any, and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at the same rate per annum. The amount of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Senior Note is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the person in whose name this Senior Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in said Indenture) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date
1
for such interest installment which shall be the close of business on the 1st day of the calendar month in which such Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest installment not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holders on such regular record date, and may be paid to the person in whose name this Senior Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Trustee (as defined below) for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered holders of this series of Senior Notes not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Senior Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and the interest on this Senior Note shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Issuer by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register.
This Senior Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.
The provisions of this Senior Note are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be executed.
Dated [ ]
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
Attest: | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
2
(FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION)
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Senior Notes of the series of Senior Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.
BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee |
||||||
By | ||||||
[Authorized Signatory] |
3
(FORM OF REVERSE OF SENIOR NOTE)
This Senior Note is one of a duly authorized series of Securities of the Issuer (herein sometimes referred to as the "Senior Notes"), specified in the Indenture, issued or to be issued in one or more series under and pursuant to an indenture (the "Base Indenture") dated as of March 29, 1999 among the Issuer, CMS Panhandle Holding Company, a Michigan corporation (which has merged into the Issuer), and NBD Bank, as trustee (predecessor to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association)), further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 18, 2003 between the Issuer and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association), as trustee (the "Trustee") (the Base Indenture as so supplemented, hereinafter being referred to as the "Indenture"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Issuer and the holders of the Senior Notes. By the terms of the Indenture, the Senior Notes are issuable in series which may vary as to amount, date of maturity, rate of interest and in other respects as in the Indenture provided. This series of Senior Notes is not limited in aggregate principal amount, as specified in said Third Supplemental Indenture.
The Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Issuer at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days notice to each holder of such Senior Notes, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of such Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points, plus in each case accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. Unless there is a default in the payment of the redemption price, on and after the applicable redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Senior Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
"Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Senior Notes.
"Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any redemption date, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (B) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
"Independent Investment Banker" means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Issuer.
"Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or their affiliates plus three others which are primary U.S. Government securities dealers, and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in The City of New York (a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), the Issuer shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
"Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. New York time on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
4
"Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolated (on a day count basis) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
The Issuer may purchase the Senior Notes in the open market, by tender or otherwise. Senior Notes so purchased may be held, resold or surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. If applicable, the Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and other securities laws and regulations in connection with any such purchase.
No sinking fund is provided for the Senior Notes.
If an Event of Default with respect to this Senior Note shall occur and be continuing, the principal of this Senior Note may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (i) the entire indebtedness of this Senior Note or (ii) certain restrictive covenants and certain other obligations with respect to this Senior Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, modifications and amendments of the Indenture by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes.
The Indenture provides that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes may, on behalf of the holders of all Senior Notes, modify or eliminate restrictive covenants, which right includes the right to waive insofar as the Senior Notes are concerned, compliance by the Issuer with certain restrictive provisions of the Indenture.
The Indenture provides that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes may, on behalf of all holders of Senior Notes, waive any past default under the Indenture with respect to any Senior Notes, except a default (i) in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or any interest on any Senior Note; or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Senior Note affected.
The Indenture provides that, subject to the duty of the Trustee during default to act with the required standard of care, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Senior Notes; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be obligated to take any action unduly prejudicial to holders not joining in such direction or involving the Trustee in personal liability.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Senior Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Senior Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer of this Senior Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Senior Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Issuer in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Senior Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a
5
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Senior Notes of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.
The Senior Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Senior Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same.
No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Issuer shall not be required to (a) issue, exchange or register the transfer of this Senior Note for a period of 15 days next preceding the mailing of the notice of redemption of Senior Notes or (b) exchange or register the transfer of any Senior Note or any portion thereof selected, called or being called for redemption, except in the case of any Senior Note to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not so to be redeemed.
Prior to due presentment of this Senior Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Senior Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Senior Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Senior Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Issuer or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.
All terms used in this Senior Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
6
(CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY SELL(S), ASSIGN(S) AND TRANSFER(S) UNTO
(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code, of assignee)
(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE)
the within Senior Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
to transfer said Senior Note on the books of the Issuer, with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated: | |||||
] [Name of Assignor] |
7
Registration Rights Agreement
Dated as of August 18, 2003
among
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC
and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
J. P. Morgan Securities, Inc.
Bank One Capital Markets, Inc.
Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
KBC Financial Products USA, Inc.
HVB Capital Markets, Inc.
Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC
PNC Capital Markets, Inc.
UMB Scout Brokerage Services, Inc.
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.
The Williams Capital Group, L.P.
This Registration Rights Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into this 18th day of August, 2003, among Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability (the "Company"), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J. P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Bank One Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, KBC Financial Products USA, Inc., HVB Capital Markets, Inc., Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, PNC Capital Markets, Inc., UMB Scout Brokerage Services, Inc., A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., The Williams Capital Group, L.P., (collectively, the "Initial Purchasers").
This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated August 13, 2003, by and among the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the "Purchase Agreement"), which provides for, among other things, the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 4.80% Senior Notes due 2008, Series A (the "2008 Notes"), and $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 6.05% Senior Notes due 2013, Series A (the "2013 Notes" and, together with the 2008 Notes and any Additional Senior Notes (as defined below), Series A, issued in a transaction without registration under the 1933 Act (as defined below), the "Securities"). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their respective direct and indirect transferees and assigns the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.
In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
"1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
"1934 Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
"Additional Interest" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 hereof.
"Additional Senior Notes" shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
"Closing Date" shall mean the Closing Time as defined in the Purchase Agreement.
"Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall also include the Company's successors.
"Depositary" shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Company, provided, however, that such depositary must have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York.
"Exchange Offer" shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.
"Exchange Offer Registration" shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.
"Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form), and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein.
"Exchange Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
1
"Exchange Securities" shall mean the 4.80% Senior Notes due 2008, Series B or the 6.05% Senior Notes due 2013, Series B, as the case may be and in each case, issued by the Company under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities in all material respects (except for references to certain interest rate provisions, restrictions on transfers and restrictive legends), to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. For the avoidance of doubt, Exchange Securities shall include any Additional Senior Notes, Series B, issued by the Company under the Indenture as described in the preceding sentence in exchange for Securities.
"Holder" shall mean an Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any Registrable Securities, and each of its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Securities for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
"Indenture" shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated as March 29, 1999 among the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, National Association), as trustee, as amended and supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 18, 2003 as the same may be further amended or supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
"Initial Purchaser" or "Initial Purchasers" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
"Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding (as defined in the Indenture) Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company and other obligors on the Securities or any Affiliate (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company shall be disregarded in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage amount.
"Participating Broker-Dealer" shall mean any of Merrill Lynch, JPMorgan, any of the other Initial Purchasers and any other broker-dealer which makes a market in the Securities and exchanges Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer for Exchange Securities.
"Person" shall mean an individual, partnership (general or limited), corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
"Private Exchange" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
"Private Exchange Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
"Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including any such prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.
"Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
"Registrable Securities" shall mean the Securities and, if issued, the Private Exchange Securities; provided, however, that Securities and, if issued, the Private Exchange Securities, shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Registrable Securities shall have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities have been sold to
2
the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act, (iii) such Registrable Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding or (iv) the Exchange Offer is consummated (except in the case of Securities purchased from the Company and continued to be held by the Initial Purchasers).
"Registration Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.
"Registration Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") registration and filing fees, including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any "qualified independent underwriter" (and its counsel) that is required to be retained by any holder of Registrable Securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of the NASD (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities and any filings with the NASD), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or exchanges, (v) all rating agency fees, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent public accountants of the Company, including the expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, and any escrow agent or custodian, (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with the Exchange Offer, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith, (ix) the reasonable fees and disbursements of Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP, special counsel representing the Holders of Registrable Securities, or other counsel selected by the Majority Holders and (x) any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily required to be paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.
"Registration Statement" shall mean any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
"Representatives" shall mean Merrill Lynch and JPMorgan.
"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Shelf Registration" shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.
"Shelf Registration Statement" shall mean a "shelf" registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable Securities or all of the Private Exchange Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
3
"Trustee" shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.
2. Registration Under the 1933 Act.
2.1 Exchange Offer. The Company shall, for the benefit of the Holders, at the Company's cost, (A) prepare and, as soon as practicable but not later than 120 days following the Closing Date, file with the SEC an Exchange Offer Registration Statement on an appropriate form under the 1933 Act with respect to a proposed Exchange Offer and the issuance and delivery to the Holders, in exchange for the Registrable Securities (other than Private Exchange Securities), of a like principal amount of Exchange Securities, (B) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the 1933 Act within 180 days of the Closing Date, (C) use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and (D) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated not later than 30 days after the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Exchange Securities will be issued under the Indenture. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, (b) is not a broker-dealer tendering Registrable Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account, (c) acquired the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Securities) to transfer such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act and under state securities or blue sky laws.
In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
(a) mail as promptly as practicable to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
(b) keep the Exchange Offer open for acceptance for a period of not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law or otherwise extended by the Company, at its option) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law) (such period referred to herein as the "Exchange Period");
(c) utilize the services of the Depositary for the Exchange Offer;
(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Registrable Securities at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), on the last business day of the Exchange Period, by sending to the institution specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder's election to have such Securities exchanged;
(e) notify each Holder that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Agreement (except in the case of the Initial Purchasers and Participating Broker-Dealers as provided herein); and
(f) otherwise comply in all respects with all applicable laws relating to the Exchange Offer.
If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Securities acquired by them and having the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Company upon the request of any Initial Purchaser shall, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser in exchange (the "Private Exchange") for the Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities
4
of the Company on a senior basis, that are identical (except that such securities shall bear appropriate transfer restrictions) to the Exchange Securities (the "Private Exchange Securities").
The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture but that the Private Exchange Securities shall be subject to such transfer restrictions. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that (x) the 2008 Notes (including any Additional Senior Notes of the same series) and the Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities (if any) corresponding thereto shall vote and consent together on all matters as a single class and shall constitute a single series of debt securities issued under the Indenture and (y) the 2013 Notes (including any Additional Senior Notes of the same series) and the Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities (if any) corresponding thereto shall vote and consent together on all matters as a single class and shall constitute a single series of debt securities issued under the Indenture, and that none of the respective Exchange Securities, Private Exchange Securities or Securities within each of the respective series of such securities specified in clauses (x) and (y) above will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Private Exchange Securities shall be of the same series as and the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to have the Private Exchange Securities bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities to which they relate. The Company shall not have any liability under this Agreement solely as a result of such Private Exchange Securities not bearing the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities to which they relate.
As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and/or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:
(i) accept for exchange all Registrable Securities duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the letter of transmittal which shall be an exhibit thereto;
(ii) accept for exchange all Securities properly tendered pursuant to the Private Exchange;
(iii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange; and
(iv) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, to each Holder of Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security will accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Registrable Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Registrable Securities, from the date of original issuance. The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (i) that the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, or the making of any exchange by a Holder, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (ii) the due tendering of Registrable Securities in accordance with the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, (iii) that each Holder of Registrable Securities exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall have represented that all Exchange Securities to be received by it shall be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, that at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer it shall have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities), that it is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) of the Company, and
5
that it is not acting on behalf of any Person that could not truthfully make the representations in this clause (iii) and shall have made such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form S-4 or other appropriate form under the 1933 Act available and (iv) that no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange which, in the Company's judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange. The Company shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.
2.2 Shelf Registration. (i) If, because of any changes in law, SEC rules or regulations or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the SEC, the Company is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2.1 hereof, (ii) if for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 180 days following the original issue of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 30 days after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective, (iii) upon the written request of any of the Initial Purchasers within 90 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer with respect to the Registrable Securities acquired by it directly from the Company or (iv) if a Holder, other than an Initial Purchaser holding Registrable Securities acquired directly from the Company, is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or elects to participate but does not receive freely transferable Exchange Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then in case of each of clauses (i) through (iv) the Company shall, at its cost:
(a) File with the SEC no later than the 60th day after such filing obligation arises, and thereafter shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective by the SEC as promptly as practicable but no later than the 90th day after such filing obligation arises, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Majority Holders participating in the Shelf Registration and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement.
(b) Use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years from the date on which any Registrable Securities are originally issued by the Company, or for such shorter period that will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act or cease to be outstanding or otherwise to be Registrable Securities (the "Effectiveness Period"); provided, however, that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration Statement shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the 1933 Act and as otherwise provided herein.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, use its best efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
6
The Company shall not permit any securities other than Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company further agrees, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b) below, and to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.
2.3 Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.
2.4. Effectiveness. (a) The Company will be deemed not have used its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain, effective during the requisite period if the Company voluntarily takes any action that would, or omits to take any action which omission would result in any such Registration Statement not being declared effective or in the Holders of Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to exchange or offer and sell such Registrable Securities during that period as and to the extent contemplated hereby, unless such action is required by applicable law.
(b) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference, until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.
(c) During any 365-day period, the Company may, by notice as described in Section 3(e), suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the use of the related Prospectus for not more than an aggregate of 30 days during any 365-day period, if the action is required by applicable law, the action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons, including the acquisition or divestiture of assets or a material corporate transaction or event, or upon the happening of any event or the discovery of any fact referred to in Sections 3(e)(v) or 3(e)(vi), subject to compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3(k).
2.5 Interest. The Indenture executed in connection with the Securities will provide that in the event that either (a) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the 120th calendar day following the date of original issue of the Securities, (b) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective on or prior to the 180th calendar day following the date of original issue of the Securities, (c) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 30th calendar day after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective, (d) a Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the 60th calendar day after the date such filing obligation arises, or (e) a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 90th calendar day after the date the obligation to file such Shelf Registration Statement arises (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above, a "Registration Default"), the interest rate borne by the Securities shall be increased ("Additional Interest") by one-quarter of one percent (.25%) per annum upon the occurrence of each Registration Default, which rate will increase by one quarter of one percent (.25%) per annum each 90-day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue under any such circumstance, provided that the maximum aggregate increase in the interest rate will in no event exceed one-half of one percent (.50%)
7
per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults the accrual of Additional Interest will cease and the interest rate will revert to the original rate.
If the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or is unusable by the Holders for any reason (except for the exercise by the Company of its rights under Section 2.4(c) above), and the aggregate number of days in any consecutive twelve-month period for which the Shelf Registration Statement shall not be usable exceeds 30 days in the aggregate, then the interest rate borne by the Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities for the first 90-day period (or portion thereof) beginning on the 31st such date that such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or usable, which rate shall be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period, provided that the maximum aggregate increase in the interest rate will in no event exceed one percent (.50%) per annum. Any amounts payable under this paragraph shall also be deemed "Additional Interest" for purposes of this Agreement. Upon the Shelf Registration Statement once again becoming usable, the interest rate borne by the Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate if the Company is otherwise in compliance with this Agreement at such time. Additional Interest shall be computed based on the actual number of days elapsed in each 90-day period in which the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable.
The Company shall notify the Trustee within three business days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an "Event Date"). Additional Interest shall be paid by depositing with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of Registrable Securities, on or before the applicable semiannual interest payment date, immediately available funds in sums sufficient to pay the Additional Interest then due. The Additional Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the record Holder of Securities entitled to receive the interest payment to be paid on such date as set forth in the Indenture. Each obligation to pay Additional Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date.
3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof, the Company shall:
(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement, within the relevant time period specified in Section 2, on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Company, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof, (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and (iv) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the 1933 Act, and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;
(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the 1933 Act and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof (including sales by any Participating Broker-Dealer);
(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, at least ten business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the
8
Registrable Securities is being filed and advising such Holders that the distribution of Registrable Securities will be made in accordance with the method selected by the Majority Holders participating in the Shelf Registration; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel to the Initial Purchasers, to counsel to the Holders and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder, counsel or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and, if the Holder, counsel or underwriter so requests, all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and (iii) hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders or underwriters of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;
(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
(e) notify promptly each Holder of Registrable Securities under a Shelf Registration or any Participating Broker-Dealer who has notified the Company that it is utilizing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in paragraph (f) below and, if requested by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (v) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (vi) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (vii) of any determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement would be appropriate;
(f) (A) in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (i) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled "Plan of Distribution" which section shall be
9
reasonably acceptable to the Representatives on behalf of the Participating Broker-Dealers, and which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential "underwriter" status of any broker-dealer that holds Registrable Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Securities to be received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer, whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives on behalf of the Participating Broker-Dealers and its counsel, represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC, including a statement that any such broker-dealer who receives Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities, (ii) furnish to each Participating Broker-Dealer who has delivered to the Company the notice referred to in Section 3(e), without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Broker-Dealer may reasonably request, (iii) hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, by any Person subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the SEC, including all Participating Broker-Dealers, in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, and (iv) include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer (x) the following provision:
"If the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Registrable Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Securities received in respect of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer;" and
(y) a statement to the effect that by a broker-dealer making the acknowledgment described in clause (x) and by delivering a Prospectus in connection with the exchange of Registrable Securities, the broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act; and
(B) in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company agrees to deliver to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Participating Broker-Dealers upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and upon the closing of the Exchange Offer (i) an opinion of counsel or opinions of counsel substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, (ii) officers' certificates substantially in the form customarily delivered in a public offering of debt securities and (iii) a comfort letter or comfort letters in customary form to the extent permitted by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or if such a comfort letter is not permitted, an agreed upon procedures letter in customary form) from the Company's independent certified public accountants (including both Ernst & Young LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) at least as broad in scope and coverage as the comfort letter or comfort letters delivered to the Initial Purchasers in connection with the initial sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers;
10
(g) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, furnish counsel for the Initial Purchasers and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any comment letters received from the SEC or any other request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information;
(h) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment;
(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless requested);
(j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three business days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;
(k) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, each as contemplated by Sections 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use its best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities or Participating Broker-Dealers, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or will remain so qualified. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Company agrees promptly to notify each Holder of such determination and to furnish each Holder such number of copies of the Prospectus as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request;
(l) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders; and make representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, available for discussion of such document;
(m) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, Private Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for the Exchange Securities, Private Exchange Securities or the Registrable Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;
(n) (i) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the
11
Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use its best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;
(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and in such connection whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:
(i) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;
(ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;
(iii) obtain "cold comfort" letters and updates thereof from the Company's independent certified public accountants (including both Ernst & Young LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriters, if any, and use reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the selling Holders of Registrable Securities (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings;
(iv) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holders and an agent of the Holders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the selling Holders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Securities, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;
(v) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification and contribution provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification and contribution provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and
(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold and the managing underwriters, if any.
The above shall be done at (i) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement (and each post-effective amendment thereto) and (ii) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder;
12
(p) in the case of a Shelf Registration or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Participating Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders of the Registrable Securities, any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, any Participating Broker-Dealer and any counsel or accountant retained by any of the foregoing, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company reasonably requested by any such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, managers, employees, and any other agents of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, special counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents and for participation in road show presentations as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers;
(q) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and to counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers, counsel to the Initial Purchasers or counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request and, except as otherwise required by applicable law, not file any such document in a form to which the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Registrable Securities, counsel to the Initial Purchasers and counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Registrable Securities, counsel to the Initial Purchasers or counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities shall reasonably object, and make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers; and
(ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Holders of Registrable Securities, to the Initial Purchasers, to counsel to the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for the Holders and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers, counsel to the Initial Purchasers, the counsel to the Holders or the underwriter or underwriters reasonably request and not file any such document in a form to which the Majority Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Registrable Securities, counsel to the Initial Purchasers, counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Majority Holders, the Initial Purchasers of behalf of the Holders of Registrable Securities, counsel to the Initial Purchasers, counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter shall reasonably object, and make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, counsel to the Initial Purchasers, counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter.
(r) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange on which similar debt securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, or if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any;
(s) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be rated by the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Majority Holders, or if
13
requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any;
(t) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder;
(u) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any "qualified independent underwriter" that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD); and
(v) upon consummation of an Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, obtain a customary opinion of counsel to the Company addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, and which includes an opinion that (i) the Company has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Exchange Securities and/or Private Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the related indenture, and (ii) each of the Exchange Securities and related indenture constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its respective terms (with customary exceptions).
In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may (as a condition to such Holder's participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing and agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.
In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts, each of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies in such Holder's possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.
In the event that the Company fails to effect the Exchange Offer or file any Shelf Registration Statement and maintain the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement as provided herein, the Company shall not file any Registration Statement with respect to any securities (within the meaning of Section 2(1) of the 1933 Act) of the Company other than Registrable Securities.
If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be acceptable to the Company. No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
14
4. Indemnification; Contribution.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each Person who participates as an underwriter, each of their respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents (any such Person being an "Underwriter") and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and
(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;
provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Holder or Underwriter expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
(b) Each Holder severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the other Initial Purchasers, each other Underwriter and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, any of the other Initial Purchasers, any other Underwriter or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess
15
of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.
(c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d) If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders, the Underwriters and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders, the Underwriters and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Holders, the Underwriters or the Initial Purchasers and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The Company, the Holders and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which
16
does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, no Initial Purchaser or Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities sold by it were offered exceeds the amount of any damages which such Initial Purchaser or Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
For purposes of this Section 4, each Person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser, Underwriter or Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, Underwriter or Holder, and each member of the board of managers of the Company, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Initial Purchasers' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 4 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement and not joint.
5. Miscellaneous.
5.1 Rule 144 and Rule 144A. The Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by reporting Persons under the 1933 Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, whether or not it is required to so report. If the Company is not permitted to file such reports, the Company covenants that it will upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Registrable Securities without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
5.2 No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not entered into and the Company will not after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Initial Purchasers and Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Company's other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.
5.3 Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from
17
the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.
5.4 Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4, which address initially is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Initial Purchasers; and (b) if to the Company, initially at the Company's address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; four business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee under the Indenture, at the address specified in such Indenture.
5.5 Successor and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.
5.6 Third Party Beneficiaries. The Initial Purchasers and the Underwriters (even if they are not Holders of Registrable Securities) shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.
5.7. Specific Enforcement. Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Sections 2.1 through 2.4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it would not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's obligations under Sections 2.1 through 2.4 hereof without the requirement of posting any bond.
5.8. Restriction on Resales. Until the expiration of two years after the original issuance of the Securities, the Company will not, and will cause its "affiliates" (as such term is defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the 1933 Act) not to, resell any Securities which are "restricted securities" (as
18
such term is defined under Rule 144(a)(3) under the 1933 Act) that have been reacquired by any of them and shall immediately upon any purchase of any such Securities submit such Securities to the Trustee for cancellation.
5.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5.10 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
5.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS THEREOF.
5.12 Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC | ||||||
By: | /s/ DAVID J. KVAPIL |
|||||
Name: | David J. Kvapil | |||||
Title: | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Confirmed
and accepted as
of the date first above written:
MERRILL
LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
J. P. MORGAN SECURITIES, INC.
BANK ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
CREDIT LYONNAIS SECURITIES (USA) INC.
FLEET SECURITIES, INC.
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
KBC FINANCIAL PRODUCTS USA, INC.
HVB CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
WELLS FARGO BROKERAGE SERVICES, LLC
PNC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
UMB SCOUT BROKERAGE SERVICES, INC.
A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
THE WILLIAMS CAPITAL GROUP, L.P.
BY: | MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED | |||
By: | /s/ KARL NEWLIN Name: Karl Newlin Title: Vice President |
|||
BY: | J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES, INC. | |||
By: | /s/ ROBERT BOTTAMEDI Name: Robert Bottamedi Title: Vice President |
For
themselves and as Representatives
of the other Initial Purchasers
20
[Fleischman and Walsh, L.L.P. letterhead]
December 15, 2003
Panhandle
Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC
5444 Westheimer Road
P.O. Box 4967
Houston, Texas 77210-4967
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (together with any amendments thereto, the "Registration Statement"), relating to the proposed issuance and sale by the Company of up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4.80% Senior Notes due 2008, Series B (the "4.80% Senior Notes"), and $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.05% Senior Notes due 2013, Series B (the "6.05% Senior Notes" and, together with the 4.80% Senior Notes, the "Exchange Notes"). The Exchange Notes are to be issued in exchange for an equal aggregate amount of the Original Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2003 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), among the Company, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and the other initial purchasers named therein. The Exchange Notes are to be issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, dated as of March 29, 1999, between J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to NBD Bank), as trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Company, as amended and supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 18, 2003 (as so amended and supplemented, the "Indenture"). Capitalized terms that are used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement.
As counsel to the Company, we have examined: (i) the Registration Statement and exhibits thereto, including the prospectus, in the form filed with the Commission; (ii) the Indenture; (iii) the Registration Rights Agreement; (iv) the Company's certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement as in effect on the date hereof; (v) pertinent resolutions heretofore adopted by the Company's Board of Managers; (vi) certificates and other representations of public officials and the Company's officers, managers and representatives; and (vii) such other documents and records of the Company and such matters of law as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purpose of rendering this opinion.
In our examination of documents submitted to us, we have assumed: (i) the genuineness of all such documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original and certified documents of all copies submitted to us as forms, or conformed or photocopied copies, thereof; (ii) the genuineness of all signatures thereon; (iii) the legal capacity of natural persons who are parties to documents that we reviewed; (iv) the power and authority of all signatories thereto other than the Company to execute and deliver, and perform under, the documents that we have reviewed; and (v) the due execution and delivery of all documents that we reviewed by all parties thereto other than the Company. We have also assumed that the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Trustee. In addition, we have assumed that there
1
will be no changes in applicable law between the date of this opinion and the date of issuance and delivery of the Exchange Notes. As to various questions of fact material to our opinion, we conducted no independent investigation and we have relied solely upon representations, statements or certificates of officers, managers and representatives of the Company and other persons with responsibility for such matters.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and, when (a) the Registration Statement has been declared effective, (b) the Exchange Notes have been duly executed by the Company and (c) the Exchange Notes have been duly authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and issued and delivered in exchange for the Original Notes in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the terms set forth in the prospectus which is included in the Registration Statement, the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally or debtors' obligations generally, general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
The opinions we have expressed herein are limited to the laws of the District of Columbia, applicable federal securities laws and the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, in each case as in effect as of the date of this opinion. We assume no responsibility as to the applicability of any other laws (including conflicts of law rules) or the laws of any other jurisdiction, including application of the securities laws or blue sky laws of the various states, to the subject transaction or the effect of such laws. We express no opinion as to the effect on the Exchange Notes of any law that purports to limit the rate of interest that legally may be contracted for, charged or collected.
The opinion expressed herein is rendered to the Company in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and for no other purpose. The opinion expressed herein may not be used or relied on by any other person, nor may this letter or any copies thereof be furnished to a third party, filed with a government agency, quoted, cited or otherwise referred to without our prior written consent, except as noted below.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the heading "Legal Maters" in the prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby concede that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Please be advised that Fleischman and Walsh, L.L.P., and certain attorneys associated with Fleischman and Walsh, L.L.P., have beneficial interests in shares of common stock of Southern Union Company, which indirectly owns all of the membership interests in the Company.
Questions regarding the opinions expressed herein should be directed to Stephen A. Bouchard, a partner with this firm.
Sincerely,
/s/ FLEISCHMAN AND WALSH, L.L.P.
2
PRO FORMA
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
|
For Period of June 12 - September 30, |
For Period of January 1 - June 11, |
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2003 |
2003 |
2002 |
||||||||
|
(dollars in millions) |
||||||||||
EARNINGS: | |||||||||||
Consolidated pre-tax income from continuing operations before minority interest and equity earnings (losses) | $ | 40.8 | $ | 78.1 | $ | 125.5 | |||||
Equity earnings (losses) | | 0.4 | (7.0 | ) | |||||||
Pro forma earnings adjustment | (3.9 | ) | (4.7 | ) | 30.2 | ||||||
Fixed charges | 18.6 | 29.5 | 62.0 | ||||||||
Minority interest | | | (3.5 | ) | |||||||
Capitalized interest | (0.9 | ) | (1.0 | ) | (3.0 | ) | |||||
Earnings | $ | 54.6 | $ | 102.3 | $ | 204.2 | |||||
FIXED CHARGES: |
|||||||||||
Interest |
$ |
19.4 |
$ |
33.0 |
$ |
73.8 |
|||||
Net amortization of debt discount and premium and issuance expense | (6.0 | ) | 2.4 | 2.6 | |||||||
Capitalized interest | 0.9 | 1.0 | 3.0 | ||||||||
Interest portion of rental expense | 0.4 | 0.6 | 1.8 | ||||||||
Pro forma interest adjustments | 3.9 | (7.5 | ) | (19.2 | ) | ||||||
| | | |||||||||
| | | |||||||||
Fixed charges | $ | 18.6 | $ | 29.5 | $ | 62.0 | |||||
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges | 2.9 | 3.5 | 3.3 |
1
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
|
For Period of June 12- September 30, |
For Period of January 1- June 11, |
Year Ended December 31, |
For Period of March 29- December 31, |
For Period of January 1- March 28, |
Years Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2003 |
2003 |
2002 |
2001 |
2000 |
1999 |
1999 |
1998 |
||||||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in millions) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
EARNINGS: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated pre-tax income from continuing operations before minority interest and equity earnings (losses) | $ | 40.8 | $ | 78.1 | $ | 125.5 | $ | 91.9 | $ | 107.1 | $ | 68.5 | $ | 52.8 | $ | 142.2 | ||||||||||
Equity earnings (losses) | | 0.4 | (7.0 | ) | (0.8 | ) | 0.2 | (0.2 | ) | 0.2 | 5.6 | |||||||||||||||
Fixed charges | 14.7 | 37.0 | 81.2 | 87.3 | 86.7 | 62.9 | 19.7 | 83.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Minority interest | | | (3.5 | ) | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest | (0.9 | ) | (1.0 | ) | (3.0 | ) | (3.0 | ) | (0.2 | ) | (0.3 | ) | (0.1 | ) | (2.8 | ) | ||||||||||
Earnings | $ | 54.6 | $ | 114.5 | $ | 193.2 | $ | 175.4 | $ | 193.8 | $ | 130.9 | $ | 72.6 | $ | 228.8 | ||||||||||
FIXED CHARGES: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest | 19.4 | $ | 33.0 | $ | 73.8 | $ | 82.0 | $ | 84.1 | $ | 58.1 | $ | 18.4 | $ | 77.0 | |||||||||||
Net amortization of debt discount and premium and issuance expense | (6.0 | ) | 2.4 | 2.6 | 0.8 | 0.6 | 0.7 | 0.2 | 0.2 | |||||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest | 0.9 | 1.0 | 3.0 | 3.0 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.1 | 2.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest portion of rental expense | 0.4 | 0.6 | 1.8 | 1.5 | 1.8 | 3.8 | 1.0 | 3.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges | $ | 14.7 | $ | 37.0 | $ | 81.2 | $ | 87.3 | $ | 86.7 | $ | 62.9 | $ | 19.7 | $ | 83.8 | ||||||||||
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges | 3.7 | 3.1 | 2.4 | 2.0 | 2.2 | 2.1 | 3.6 | 2.7 |
2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC for the registration of $300,000,000 in principal amount of 4.80% Senior Notes due 2008, Series B, and $250,000,000 in principal amount of 6.05% Senior Notes due 2013, Series B and to the incorporation by reference therein of our report dated March 14, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Houston,
Texas
December 12, 2003
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas F. Karam, André C. Bouchard and David J. Kvapil, acting individually or together, as such person's true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact and agent(s), with full power of substitution and revocation, to act in any capacity for such person and in such person's name, place, and stead in executing a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments thereto, and filing said Registration Statement, together with all exhibits thereto and any other documents connected therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering debt securities of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC.
Dated: December 15, 2003
/s/ GEORGE L. LINDEMANN George L. Lindemann |
||
/s/ JOHN E. BRENNAN John E. Brennan |
||
/s/ THOMAS F. KARAM Thomas F. Karam |
||
/s/ DAVID J. KVAPIL David J. Kvapil |
||
/s/ GARY W. LEFELAR Gary W. Lefelar |
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF
A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF
A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)
J. P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
A National Banking Association (State of incorporation if not a national bank) |
95-4655078 (I.R.S. employer identification No.) |
|
1999 Avenue of the Stars Floor 26 Los Angeles, CA (Address of principal executive offices) |
90067 (Zip Code) |
F. Henry Kleschen III
55 West Monroe Street, 15th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Tel: (312) 732-1793
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
44-0382470 (I.R.S. employer identification No.) |
|
5444 Westheimer Road P.O. Box 4967 Houston, Texas (Address of principal executive offices) |
77210-4967 (Zip Code) |
$300,000,000 4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series B
$250,000,000 6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series B
(Title of the Indenture Securities)
Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
Comptroller
of the Currency, Washington, D.C.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C.
Yes.
Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor.
If the Obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
None.
No responses are included for Items 3-15 of this Form T-1 because the Obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.
List below all exhibits filed as part of this statement of eligibility.
Exhibit 1. | Articles of Association of the Trustee as Now in Effect (see Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Form 8K of the Southern California Water Company filing, dated December 7, 2001, which is incorporated by reference). | |
Exhibit 2. |
Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to Commence Business (see Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-41329, which is incorporated by reference). |
|
Exhibit 3. |
Authorization of the Trustee to Exercise Corporate Trust Powers (contained in Exhibit 2). |
|
Exhibit 4. |
Existing By-Laws of the Trustee (see Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Form 8K of the Southern California Water Company filing, dated December 7, 2001, which is incorporated by reference). |
|
Exhibit 5. |
Not Applicable |
|
Exhibit 6. |
The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321 (b) of the Act. |
|
Exhibit 7. |
A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority. |
|
Exhibit 8. |
Not Applicable |
|
Exhibit 9. |
Not Applicable |
2
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee, J. P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 10th day of December, 2003.
J. P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association | |||
By: |
/s/ F. HENRY KLESCHEN III F. Henry Kleschen III Vice President and Assistant General Counsel |
3
The Consent of the Trustee Required by Section 321(b) of the Act
December 10, 2003
Securities
and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with the qualification of an indenture between Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, the undersigned, in accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, hereby consents that the reports of examinations of the undersigned, made by Federal or State authorities authorized to make such examinations, may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.
Very truly yours, | |||
J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association |
|||
By |
/s/ F. HENRY KLESCHEN III F. Henry Kleschen III Vice President and Assistant General Counsel |
4
Exhibit 7. Report of Condition of the Trustee.
Consolidated Report of Condition of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association
(Legal Title)
as of close of business on June 30, 2003
|
($000) |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Assets | |||||
Cash and Due From Banks | $ | 30,669 | |||
Securities | 106,073 | ||||
Loans and Leases | 41,488 | ||||
Premises and Fixed Assets | 9,168 | ||||
Intangible Assets | 162,542 | ||||
Other Assets | 17,245 | ||||
Total Assets | $ | 367,185 | |||
Liabilities |
|||||
Deposits | $ | 97,653 | |||
Other Liabilities | 47,491 | ||||
Total Liabilities | 145,144 | ||||
Equity Capital |
|||||
Common Stock | 600 | ||||
Surplus | 181,587 | ||||
Retained Earnings | 39,854 | ||||
Total Equity Capital | 222,041 | ||||
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital | $ | 367,185 | |||
5
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON , 2003, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS OF ORIGINAL
NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013
TO: J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
THE EXCHANGE AGENT
By Registered or Certified Mail, Hand Delivery or Overnight Courier: J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. c/o Bank One Trust Company, N.A. 1111 Polaris Parkway Building 54101 IN Mail Code OH1-0184 Columbus, Ohio 43240 |
By Facsimile: (614) 248-7238 Confirm by Telephone: (614) 248-0978 |
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
HOLDERS WHO WISH TO BE ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE NEW NOTES FOR THEIR ORIGINAL NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MUST VALIDLY TENDER (AND NOT WITHDRAW) THEIR ORIGINAL NOTES TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated , 200 (the "Prospectus") of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC (the "Issuer") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together constitute the Issuer's Offer to Exchange (the "Exchange Offer") $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series B (the 4.80% Exchange Notes) and 250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series B (together with the 4.80% Exchange Notes, the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series A (the "4.80% Original Notes") of which $300,000,000 principal amount is outstanding and of its outstanding 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series A (together with the 4.80% Original Notes, the "Original Notes"), respectively, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. Other capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
For each Original Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Original Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Original Note. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Original Notes surrendered in exchange therefor. Holders of Original Notes accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any other payments or accrued interest on the Original Notes. The Issuer reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at
1
their discretion, in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Issuer shall notify holders of the Original Notes of any extension by means of a press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by Holders if: (i) certificates representing Original Notes are to be physically delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith by Holders; (ii) tender of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering Original Notes" by any financial institution that is a participant in DTC and whose name appears a security position listing as the owner of Original Notes or (iii) tender of Original Notes is to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedures." DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person: (i) in whose name Original Notes are registered on the books of the Issuer or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder, or (ii) whose Original Notes are held of record by DTC (or its nominee) who desires to deliver such Original Notes by book-entry transfer at DTC. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.
Holders of Original Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at DTC can execute the tender through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP"), for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent's DTC account. DTC will then send an Agent's Message to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or Agent's Message relating thereto as described herein under Instruction 1, "Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be directed to the Exchange Agent. See Instruction 11 herein.
2
HOLDERS WHO WISH TO ACCEPT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR ORIGINAL NOTES MUST COMPLETE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IN ITS ENTIRETY. PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW
DESCRIPTION OF 4.80% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008, SERIES A AND 6.05% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013, SERIES A (ORIGINAL NOTES)
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) (Please fill-in, if blank) |
Certificate Number(s)* |
Aggregate Principal Amount Represented By Certificate(s) |
Principal Amount Tendered (If Less Than All)** |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
||||||
|
||||||
|
||||||
|
3
The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of Original Notes.
All other tenders must be integral multiples of $1,000.
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 4, 5, and 6)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes accepted for exchange, or Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange, are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned or, if such Original Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer, to someone other than DTC or to another account maintained by DTC.
Issue certificate(s) to:
Name | ||
Address |
||
(Include Zip Code) |
||
(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.) |
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 1, 5, 6 and 7)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Notes in a principal amount not tendered or not accepted for exchange, are to be sent to someone other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other than that shown above.
Mail certificate(s) to:
Name | ||
Address |
||
(Include Zip Code) |
||
(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.) |
o CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S ACCOUNT AT DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name of Tendering Institution | ||
DTC Book-Entry Account | Transaction Code No. | |||||
4
o CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s) | ||
Window Ticket Number (if any) | ||
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery | ||
IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Account Number | Transaction Code No. | |||||
o CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND ARE RECEIVING NEW NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT IN EXCHANGE FOR ORIGINAL NOTES THAT WERE ACQUIRED AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES.
Name | ||
Address |
||
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer the principal amount of Original Notes indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the principal amount of Original Notes tendered in accordance with this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer all right, title and interest in and to the Original Notes tendered hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer and as Trustee under the Indenture for the Original Notes and Exchange Notes) with respect to the tendered Original Notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver certificates for such Original Notes to the Issuer, or transfer ownership of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by DTC and deliver all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuer and (ii) present such Original Notes for transfer on the books of the Issuer and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Original Notes, all in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Original Notes tendered hereby and that the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are acquired by the Issuer. The undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Original Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Holder receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, that neither the Holder nor any such other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such
5
Exchange Notes and that neither the Holder nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.
The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the assignment, transfer and purchase of the Original Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, trustees in bankruptcy or other legal representatives of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in "The Exchange OfferWithdrawal of Tenders" section of the Prospectus.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Original Notes when, as and if the Issuer have given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.
If any tendered Original Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Original Notes will be returned (except as noted below with respect to tenders through DTC), without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown below or at such different address as may be indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions" as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
The undersigned understands that tenders of Original Notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption "The Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering Original Notes" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.
Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Issuance Instructions," please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and return any Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned (or in either such event in the case of the Original Notes tendered through DTC, by credit to the undersigned's account at DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions," please send the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and any certificates for Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s), unless, in either event, tender is being made through DTC. In the event that both "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in
6
exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and return any Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and send said certificates to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Issuer have no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Original Notes from the name of the registered Holder(s) thereof if the Issuer do not accept for exchange any of the Original Notes so tendered.
Holders of Original Notes who wish to tender their Original Notes and (i) whose Original Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Original Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent, or cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer, prior to the Expiration Date, may tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedures." See Instruction 1 regarding the completion of the Letter of Transmittal printed below.
7
SIGNATURE PAGE
PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
X | , 200 | |||||
Date |
||||||
X |
, 200 |
|||||
Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory |
Date |
Area Code and Telephone Number: | ||
The above lines must be signed by the registered Holder(s) of Original Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on the Original Notes or, if the Original Notes are tendered by a participant in DTC, as such participant's name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Original Notes, or by a person or persons authorized to become registered Holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this Letter of Transmittal. If Original Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates are held of record by two or more joint Holders, then all such holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must (i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Issuer, submit evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of such person's authority to act. See Instruction 4 regarding the completion of this Letter of Transmittal printed below.
Name | ||
(Please Print) |
||
Capacity |
||
(Title) |
||
Address |
||
(Include Zip Code) |
Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (if required by Instruction 4):
(Authorized Signature) |
(Title) |
(Name of Firm) |
Dated: | , 200 | |||||
8
INSTRUCTIONS
Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer
1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Original Notes; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by Holders, either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange OfferBook-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus. Certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile hereof) and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Original Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.
Holders whose certificates for Original Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution (as defined in Instruction 4 below), (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), substantially in the form provided by the Issuer, setting forth the name and address of the Holder of Original Notes and the amount of Original Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE ORIGINAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDERS, BUT THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF ORIGINAL NOTES ARE SENT BY MAIL, IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THE MAILING BE MADE SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE TO PERMIT THE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
See "The Exchange Offer" section in the Prospectus.
2. Tender by Holder. Only a Holder of Original Notes may tender such Original Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial holder of Original Notes who is not the registered Holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the registered Holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering his or her Original Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Original Notes in such holder's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder.
9
3. Partial Tenders. Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any Original Notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of the box entitled "Description of 4.80% Senior Notes due 2008, Series A and 6.05% Senior Notes due 2013, Series A (Original Notes)" above. The entire principal amount of Original Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of a Holder's Original Notes is not tendered, then Original Notes for the principal amount of Original Notes not tendered and a certificate or certificates representing Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Original Notes accepted for exchange will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address (unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal) promptly after the Original Notes are accepted for exchange.
4. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Endorsements and Powers of Attorney; Guarantee of Signatures. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without any change whatsoever.
If any tendered Original Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
If any tendered Original Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of certificates.
When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Original Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be reissued, to a person or persons other than the registered Holder(s), then endorsements of any certificate(s) transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) or power(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered Holder(s) of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers or powers of attorney, in each case signed exactly as the name or names on the registered Holder(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) and signatures on such certificate(s) or power(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates, bond powers or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Issuer, proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority to so act must be submitted.
Endorsements on certificates for Original Notes or signatures on bond powers or powers of attorney required by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by a firm which is a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program (an "Eligible Institution").
Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless the Original Notes are tendered (i) by a registered Holder of Original Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any DTC participant whose name appears on a security position listing as the Holder of such Original Notes) who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.
10
5. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions. Tendering Holders should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which Exchange Notes or substitute Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal (or in the case of a tender of Original Notes through DTC, if different from DTC). In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes accepted for exchange or Original Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange be credited to such account maintained at DTC as such Holder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Exchange Notes or Original Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal.
6. Tax Identification Number. Federal income tax law requires that a Holder whose Original Notes are accepted for exchange must provide the Issuer (as payer) with his, her or its correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN"), which, in the case of an exchanging Holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Issuer are not provided with the correct TIN or an adequate basis for exemption, such Holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), and payments made with respect to the Exchange Notes or Exchange Offer may be subject to backup withholding. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained by timely filing the required information with the IRS. Exempt Holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9."
To prevent backup withholding, each exchanging Holder must provide his, her or its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 included below in this Letter of Transmittal, certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such Holder is awaiting a TIN) and that the Holder is exempt from backup withholding because (i) the Holder has not been notified by the IRS that he, she or it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (ii) the IRS has notified the Holder that he, she or it is no longer subject to backup withholding. In order to satisfy the Issuer that a foreign individual qualifies as an exempt recipient, such Holder must submit a statement signed under penalty of perjury attesting to such exempt status. Such statements may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the Original Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the substitute Form W-9 for information on which TIN to report. If you do not provide your TIN to the Issuer within 60 days, backup withholding may begin and continue until you furnish your TIN to the Issuer.
7. Transfer Taxes. The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates representing Exchange Notes or Original Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person(s) other than the registered Holder(s) of the Original Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder(s) or on any other person(s)) will be payable by the tendering Holder(s). If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder(s).
Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Original Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.
11
8. Waiver of Conditions. The Issuer reserve the absolute right to amend, waive or modify conditions to the Exchange Offer in the case of any Original Notes tendered (and to refuse to do so).
9. No Conditional Transfers. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering Holders of Original Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Original Notes for exchange.
Neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Original Notes, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.
10. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Original Notes. Any tendering Holder whose Original Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses indicated herein for further instructions.
11. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance or additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or the "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number" on Substitute Form W-9 may be directed to the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses specified in the Prospectus.
(DO NOT WRITE IN THE SPACE BELOW)
Account Number | Transaction Code No. | |||||
Certificate Surrendered |
Existing Notes Tendered |
Existing Notes Accepted |
||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Delivery Prepared By: | Checked By: | Dated: | ||||||||
12
PAYER'S NAMES: PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 | Name (if joint names, list first and circle the name of the person or entity whose number you enter in Part 1 below. See instructions if your name has changed.) | |||
Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service |
Address City, State and Zip code List account number(s) here (optional) |
|||
Payer's Request for TIN |
Part 1: PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ("TIN") IN THE BOX AT THE RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW. |
Social Security number or TIN |
||
Part 2: Check the box if you are not subject to backup because (1) you have not been notified that you are subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (2) the Internal Revenue Service has notified you that you are no longer subject to backup withholding o. |
||||
CERTIFICATIONUNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT I AM A U.S. PERSON (INCLUDING A U.S. EXEMPT RESIDENT ALIEN) AND THAT THE INFORMATION PROVIDED ON THIS FORM IS TRUE, CORRECT AND COMPLETE. |
Part 3: o Exempt o AWAITING TIN |
|||
Signature | Date | |
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE NOTES. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
If you are an exempt recipient, check the "Exempt" box in Part 3, sign and date the form. You should still complete this form to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding.
Check the "Awaiting TIN" box in Part 3 if you have applied for a TIN or intend to apply for a TIN in the near future. Payments made to you may be subject to withholding until you provide a TIN and you will, in any event, be subject to backup withholding on further payments if you do not provide a TIN within 60 days.
13
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
FOR
4.80% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008, SERIES A
AND
6.05% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013, SERIES A
OF
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC
As set forth in the Prospectus dated , 200 (the "Prospectus") of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC (the "Issuer") and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), this form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Issuer's offer to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series A (the "4.80% Original Notes") and up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series A (the "6.05% Original Notes" and, together with the 4.80% Original Notes, the "Original Notes"), if certificates for the Original Notes are not immediately available or if the Original Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required thereby cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed, prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date (as defined below). This form may be delivered by an Eligible Institution by hand or transmitted by facsimile transmission, overnight courier or mail to the Exchange Agent as set forth below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME,
ON , 2004, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS OF
ORIGINAL NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
To: J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A., the Exchange Agent
By Mail (Certified, Registered, Overnight or First Class) or Hand Delivery J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A. c/o Bank One Trust Company, N.A. 1111 Polaris Parkway Building 54101 IN Mail Code OH1-0184 Columbus, Ohio 43240 |
By Facsimile (For Eligible Institutions Only) (614) 248-7238 Telephone Number (614) 248-0978 |
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the Letter of Transmittal to be used to tender Original Notes is required to be guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the space provided therefor in the Letter of Transmittal.
1
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, [fill in number of Original Notes] Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal.
The undersigned understands that tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. The undersigned understands that tenders of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may not be withdrawn after 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date.
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.
NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED BELOW.
Certificate No(s). for Existing Notes (if available): | Name(s) of Record Holder(s) | ||||
Principal Amount of Exiting Notes: |
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE |
||||
Address: |
|||||
If Existing Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer at the Depositor Trust Company, Depositary Account No.: |
|||||
Area Code and Tel. No. |
|||||
Signature(s): |
|||||
Dated: |
, 2003 |
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Original Notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for Original Notes covered hereby or on a DTC security position listing naming it (them) as the owner of such Original Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact,
2
officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person(s) must provide the following information:
PLEASE PRINT NAME(S), TITLE(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)
Name(s): | |
||
Capacity(ies): |
|||
Address(es): |
|||
3
GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an "Eligible Guarantor Institution" as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), hereby (a) represents that the tender of Original Notes effected hereby complies with Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act and (b) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent a certificate or certificates representing the Original Notes tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus), and a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) together with any required signatures and any other required documents, at one of the Exchange Agent's addresses set forth above, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT MUST DELIVER THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ORIGINAL NOTES TENDERED HEREBY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED FORTH ABOVE AND THAT ANY FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN FINANCIAL LOSS TO THE UNDERSIGNED.
Name of Firm: | |
Authorized Signature |
||||||||
Address: |
Name: |
Please Print or Type |
||||||||
Area Code and Tel. No: |
Date: |
, 200 |
NOTE: DO NOT SEND ORIGINAL NOTES WITH THIS FORM; ORIGINAL NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SO THAT THEY ARE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE.
4
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC
Offer to Exchange Up to $300,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series B
for Any and All of the $300,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our Outstanding
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series A
and
Offer to Exchange Up to $250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series B
for Any and All of the $250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our Outstanding
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series A
To: Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC (the "Issuer") is offering upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated , 200 (the "Prospectus"), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series A (the "4.80% Original Notes") and up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series A (the "6.05% Original Notes" and, together with the 4.80% Original Notes, the "Original Notes"). The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Issuer contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2003, by and among the Issuer and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., HVB Capital Markets, Inc., KBC Financial Products USA, Inc., PNC Capital Markets, Inc., UMB Scout Brokerage Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, and The Williams Capital Group, L.P.
We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Original Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Original Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, or who hold Original Notes registered in their own names, we are enclosing the following documents:
1
Your prompt action is requested. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time on , 2004, unless extended by the Issuer (the "Expiration Date"). Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.
To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, should be sent to the Exchange Agent and certificates representing the Original Notes should be delivered to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.
If holders of Original Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their certificates for Original Notes prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under "The Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedures."
The Issuer will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial owners of Original Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid all stock transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal.
Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A., the Exchange Agent for the Original Notes, at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.
Very truly yours,
Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC
NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE ISSUER OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
Enclosures
2
PANHANDLE EASTERN PIPE LINE COMPANY, LLC
Offer to Exchange Up to $300,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series B
for Any and All of the $300,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our Outstanding
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008, Series A
and
Offer to Exchange Up to $250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series B
for Any and All of the $250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of Our Outstanding
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013, Series A
To Our Clients:
Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated , 200 (the "Prospectus"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") of Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC (the "Issuer") to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "4.80% Exchange Notes"), for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 4.80% senior notes due 2008, series A (the "4.80% Original Notes") and up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "6.05% Exchange Notes" and, together with the 4.80% Exchange Notes, the "Exchange Notes"), for $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 6.05% senior notes due 2013, series A (the "6.05% Original Notes" and, together with the 4.80% Original Notes, the "Original Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Issuers contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2003, by and among the Issuer and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., HVB Capital Markets, Inc., KBC Financial Products USA, Inc., PNC Capital Markets, Inc., UMB Scout Brokerage Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, and The Williams Capital Group, L.P.
This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Original Notes carried by us in your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Original Notes may only be made by us as the holder of record and pursuant to your instructions.
Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Original Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.
Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Original Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on , 2004, unless extended by the Issuer (the "Expiration Date"). Any Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.
Your attention is directed to the following:
1
If you wish to have us tender your Original Notes, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for information only and may not be used directly by you to tender Original Notes.
INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company, LLC with respect to their Original Notes.
This will instruct you to tender the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.
Please tender the Original Notes held by you for any account as indicated below:
Aggregate Principal Amount of Original Notes | ||||||||
|
||||||||
4.80% Senior Notes Due 2008 |
||||||||
6.05% Senior Notes Due 2013 |
||||||||
o |
Please do not tender any Original Notes held by you for my account |
|||||||
Dated: |
, 200 |
Signature(s) |
||||||
Please print name(s) here |
||||||||
Address(es) |
||||||||
Area Code and Telephone Number |
||||||||
Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s) |
None of the Original Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless specific contrary instructions are given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Original Notes held by us for your account.
2
Exhibit 99(e)
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer. Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hypens: i.e. 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hypen: i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.
For this typ of account: |
Give the SOCIAL SECURITY number of |
For this typ of account: |
Give the EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION number of |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. | An individual's account | The individual | 7. | A valid trust, estate or pension trust | The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying numbe rof the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)(5) | |||||||
2. |
Two or more individuals (joint account) |
The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, any one of the individuals(1) |
8. |
Corporate account or LLC electing corporate status |
The corporation |
|||||||
3. |
Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act) |
The minor(2) |
9. |
Religious, charitable, or educational organization account |
The organization |
|||||||
4. |
Account in the name of guardian or committee for a designated ward, minor or incompetent person |
The ward, minor or incompetent person(3) |
10. |
Partnership account held in the name of the business |
The partnership |
|||||||
5. |
a. |
The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee) |
The grantor-trustee(1) |
11. |
Association, club or other tax-exempt organization |
The organization |
||||||
b. |
So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law. |
The actual owner1 |
||||||||||
6. |
Sole proprietorship or single-owned LLC account |
The Owner(4) |
12. |
A broker or registered nominee |
The broker or nominee |
|||||||
13. |
Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments |
The public entity |
||||||||||